1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
132                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
133                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
134   // Find the first parent class template context, if any.
135   // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates.
136   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
137   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
138     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
139     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
140       break;
141   }
142   if (!RD)
143     return ParsedType();
144 
145   // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
146   // templates.
147   bool FoundTypeDecl = false;
148   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
149     auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
150     if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
151       continue;
152     auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
153     if (!TD)
154       continue;
155     auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
156         dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
157     if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
158       continue;
159     // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly
160     // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism.
161     for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) {
162       if (FoundTypeDecl)
163         return ParsedType();
164       FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND);
165       if (!FoundTypeDecl)
166         return ParsedType();
167     }
168   }
169   if (!FoundTypeDecl)
170     return ParsedType();
171 
172   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
173   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
174   // lookup during template instantiation.
175   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
176 
177   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
178   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
179                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
180   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
181 
182   CXXScopeSpec SS;
183   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
184 
185   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
186   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
187   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
188   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
189   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
190   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
191 }
192 
193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
194 /// return the declaration of that type.
195 ///
196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
202                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
203                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
204                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
205                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
206                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
207                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
208   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
209   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
210   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
211     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
212     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
213       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
214   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
215     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
216 
217     if (!LookupCtx) {
218       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
219         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
220         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
221         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
222         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
223         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
224         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
225         //
226         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
227         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
228         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
229           return ParsedType();
230 
231         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
232         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
233         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
234           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
235 
236         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
237         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
238                                        II, NameLoc);
239         return ParsedType::make(T);
240       }
241 
242       return ParsedType();
243     }
244 
245     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
246         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
247       return ParsedType();
248   }
249 
250   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
251   // lookup for class-names.
252   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
253                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
254   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
255   if (LookupCtx) {
256     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
257     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
258     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
259     // nested-name-specifier.
260     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
261 
262     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
263       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
264       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
265       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
266       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
267       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
268       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
269       LookupName(Result, S);
270     }
271   } else {
272     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
273     LookupName(Result, S);
274 
275     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
276     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
277     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
278       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
279               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
280         return TypeInBase;
281     }
282   }
283 
284   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
285   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
286   case LookupResult::NotFound:
287   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
288     if (CorrectedII) {
289       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
290       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
291                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator,
292                                               CTK_ErrorRecovery);
293       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
294       TemplateTy Template;
295       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
296       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
297       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
298       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
299       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
300       if (SS && NNS) {
301         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
302         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
303       }
304       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
305           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
306           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
307           // is handled elsewhere).
308           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
309             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
310                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
311         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
312                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
313                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
314                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
315         if (Ty) {
316           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
317                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
318                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
319           if (SS && NNS)
320             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
321           *CorrectedII = NewII;
322           return Ty;
323         }
324       }
325     }
326     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
327   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
328   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
329     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
330     return ParsedType();
331 
332   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
333     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
334     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
335     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
336     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
337     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
338     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
339       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
340       return ParsedType();
341     }
342 
343     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
344     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
345          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
346       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
347         if (!IIDecl ||
348             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
349               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
350           IIDecl = *Res;
351       }
352     }
353 
354     if (!IIDecl) {
355       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
356       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
357       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
358       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
359       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
360       // a type name.
361       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
362       return ParsedType();
363     }
364 
365     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
366     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
367     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
368     // perform the name lookup again.
369     break;
370 
371   case LookupResult::Found:
372     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
373     break;
374   }
375 
376   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
377 
378   QualType T;
379   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
380     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
381 
382     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
383     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
384 
385     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
386     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
387     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
388     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
389       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
390         // Construct a type with type-source information.
391         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
392         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
393 
394         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
395         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
396         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
397         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
398         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
399       } else {
400         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
401       }
402     }
403   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
404     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
405     if (!HasTrailingDot)
406       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
407   }
408 
409   if (T.isNull()) {
410     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
411     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
412     return ParsedType();
413   }
414   return ParsedType::make(T);
415 }
416 
417 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
418 static NestedNameSpecifier *
419 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
420   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
421     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
422     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
423     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
424       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
425     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
426       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
427                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
428     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
429       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
430   }
431   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
432 }
433 
434 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
435                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
436   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
437   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
438   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
439 
440   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
441   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
442   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
443   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
444       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
445   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
446 
447   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
448   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
449   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
450   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
451   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
452 
453   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
454   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
455   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
456   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
457   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
458   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
459 }
460 
461 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
462 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
463 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
464 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
465 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
466 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
467   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
468   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
469   LookupName(R, S, false);
470   R.suppressDiagnostics();
471   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
472     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
473       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
474       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
475       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
476       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
477       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
478       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
479       }
480     }
481 
482   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
483 }
484 
485 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
486 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
487 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
488 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
489 /// @code
490 /// template<class T> class A {
491 /// public:
492 ///   typedef int TYPE;
493 /// };
494 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
495 /// public:
496 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
497 /// };
498 /// @endcode
499 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
500   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
501     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
502       return true;
503 
504     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
505 
506     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
507     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
508       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
509         return true;
510     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
511   }
512   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
513 }
514 
515 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
516                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
517                                    Scope *S,
518                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
519                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
520                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
521   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
522   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
523 
524   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
525   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
526   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
527   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
528                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
529                                              Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
530     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
531       // We corrected to a keyword.
532       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
533       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
534     } else {
535       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
536       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
537         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
538                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
539       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
540         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
541         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
542                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
543         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
544                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
545                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
546       } else {
547         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
548       }
549 
550       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
551       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
552         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
553                           SourceRange(IILoc));
554       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
555                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
556                                   false, ParsedType(),
557                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
558                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
559     }
560     return;
561   }
562 
563   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
564     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
565     UnqualifiedId Name;
566     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
567     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
568     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
569     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
570     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
571                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
572                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
573       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
574       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
575       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
576         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
577           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
578       }
579       return;
580     }
581   }
582 
583   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
584   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
585 
586   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
587     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
588   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
589     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
590       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
591   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
592     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
593     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
594       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
595 
596     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
597       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
598       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
599       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
600     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
601                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
602   } else {
603     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
604            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
605   }
606 }
607 
608 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
609 /// or
610 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
611   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
612                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
613 
614   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
615     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
616       return true;
617 
618     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
619       return true;
620   }
621 
622   return false;
623 }
624 
625 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
626                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
627                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
628                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
629   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
630   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
631   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
632     StringRef FixItTagName;
633     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
634       case TTK_Class:
635         FixItTagName = "class ";
636         break;
637 
638       case TTK_Enum:
639         FixItTagName = "enum ";
640         break;
641 
642       case TTK_Struct:
643         FixItTagName = "struct ";
644         break;
645 
646       case TTK_Interface:
647         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
648         break;
649 
650       case TTK_Union:
651         FixItTagName = "union ";
652         break;
653     }
654 
655     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
656     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
657       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
658       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
659 
660     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
661          I != IEnd; ++I)
662       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
663         << Name << TagName;
664 
665     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
666     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
667     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
668     return true;
669   }
670 
671   return false;
672 }
673 
674 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
675 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
676                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
677   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
678 
679   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
680   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
681 
682   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
683   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
684   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
685   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
686   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
687 }
688 
689 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
690                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
691                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
692                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
693                                             const Token &NextToken,
694                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
695                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
696   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
697   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
698 
699   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
700     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
701                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
702   }
703 
704   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
705   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
706 
707   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
708   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
709   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
710     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
711             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
712       return TypeInBase;
713   }
714 
715   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
716   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
717   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
718   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
719   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
720     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
721     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
722       return E;
723   }
724 
725   bool SecondTry = false;
726   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
727 
728 Corrected:
729   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
730   case LookupResult::NotFound:
731     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
732     // call.
733     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
734       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
735       // FIXME: Reference?
736       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
737         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
738 
739       // C90 6.3.2.2:
740       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
741       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
742       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
743       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
744       //   the function call, the declaration
745       //
746       //     extern int identifier ();
747       //
748       //   appeared.
749       //
750       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
751       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
752         Result.addDecl(D);
753         Result.resolveKind();
754         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
755       }
756     }
757 
758     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
759     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
760     // "struct", or "union".
761     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
762         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
763       break;
764     }
765 
766     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
767     // close to this name.
768     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
769       SecondTry = true;
770       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
771                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
772                                                  &SS, *CCC,
773                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
774         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
775         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
776 
777         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
778         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
779           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
780         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
781             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
782           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
783           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
784         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
785                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
786                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
787                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
788           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
789           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
790         }
791 
792         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
793           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
794         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
795           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
796           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
797                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
798           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
799                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
800                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
801         }
802 
803         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
804         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
805 
806         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
807         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
808           return Name;
809 
810         // Also update the LookupResult...
811         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
812         Result.clear();
813         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
814         if (FirstDecl)
815           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
816 
817         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
818         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
819         // reference the ivar.
820         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
821         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
822           Result.clear();
823           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
824           return E;
825         }
826 
827         goto Corrected;
828       }
829     }
830 
831     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
832     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
833     return NameClassification::Unknown();
834 
835   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
836     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
837     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
838     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
839 
840     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
841     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
842     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
843     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
844     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
845     //
846     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
847     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
848     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
849     // keyword here.
850     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
851                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
852                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
853   }
854 
855   case LookupResult::Found:
856   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
857   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
858     break;
859 
860   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
861     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
862         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
863       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
864       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
865       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
866       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
867       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
868       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
869       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
870       //   ambiguous.
871       //
872       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
873       // so try again after filtering out template names.
874       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
875       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
876         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
877         break;
878       }
879     }
880 
881     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
882     return NameClassification::Error();
883   }
884 
885   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
886       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
887     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
888     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
889     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
890     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
891     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
892     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
893     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
894       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
895 
896     if (!Result.empty()) {
897       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
898       bool IsVarTemplate;
899       TemplateName Template;
900       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
901         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
902         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
903                                                      Result.end());
904       } else {
905         TemplateDecl *TD
906           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
907         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
908         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
909 
910         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
911           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
912                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
913                                                       TD);
914         else
915           Template = TemplateName(TD);
916       }
917 
918       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
919         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
920         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
921         // to based on which function we selected.
922         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
923 
924         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
925       }
926 
927       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
928                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
929     }
930   }
931 
932   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
933   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
934     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
935     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
936     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
937     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
938       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
939     return ParsedType::make(T);
940   }
941 
942   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
943   if (!Class) {
944     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
945     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
946             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
947       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
948   }
949 
950   if (Class) {
951     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
952 
953     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
954       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
955       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
956       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
957       return NameClassification::Unknown();
958     }
959 
960     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
961     return ParsedType::make(T);
962   }
963 
964   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
965   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
966     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
967         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
968 
969   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
970   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
971   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
972   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
973        (NextIsOp &&
974         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
975       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
976     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
977     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
978     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
979     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
980       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
981     return ParsedType::make(T);
982   }
983 
984   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
985     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
986                                            nullptr);
987 
988   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
989   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
990 }
991 
992 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
993 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
994 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
995 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
996 
997   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
998   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
999   // the context we'll need to return to.
1000   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1001   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1002   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1003   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1004   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1005   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1006   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1007   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1008   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1009   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1010     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1011 
1012     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1013     // lexical context.
1014     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1015       return DC;
1016 
1017     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1018     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1019     // class is the context we need to return to.
1020     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1021       DC = RD;
1022 
1023     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1024     // declared in.
1025     return DC;
1026   }
1027 
1028   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1029 }
1030 
1031 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1032   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1033       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1034   CurContext = DC;
1035   S->setEntity(DC);
1036 }
1037 
1038 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1039   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1040 
1041   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1042   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1043 }
1044 
1045 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1046 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1047 ///
1048 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1049   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1050   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1051   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1052   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1053   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1054   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1055   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1056   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1057   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1058   //   namespace.
1059   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1060   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1061   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1062   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1063   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1064 
1065   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1066 
1067 #ifndef NDEBUG
1068   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1069   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1070   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1071 #endif
1072 
1073   CurContext = DC;
1074   S->setEntity(DC);
1075 }
1076 
1077 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1078   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1079 
1080   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1081   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1082   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1083   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1084   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1085 
1086   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1087   // disappear.
1088 }
1089 
1090 
1091 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1092   // We assume that the caller has already called
1093   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1094   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1095   if (!FD)
1096     return;
1097 
1098   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1099   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1100   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1101     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1102   CurContext = FD;
1103   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1104 
1105   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1106     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1107     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1108     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1109       S->AddDecl(Param);
1110       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1111     }
1112   }
1113 }
1114 
1115 
1116 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1117   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1118   // rather than the top-level class.
1119   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1120   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1121   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1122 }
1123 
1124 
1125 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1126 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1127 ///
1128 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1129 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1130 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1131 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1132 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1133 /// attribute.
1134 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1135                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1136   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1137     return true;
1138 
1139   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1140     return true;
1141 
1142   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1143           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1144 }
1145 
1146 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1147 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1148   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1149   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1150   // scope.
1151   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1152     S = S->getParent();
1153 
1154   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1155   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1156   // into any context.
1157   if (AddToContext)
1158     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1159 
1160   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1161   // are function-local declarations.
1162   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1163       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1164         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1165       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1166     return;
1167 
1168   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1169   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1170       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1171     return;
1172 
1173   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1174   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1175                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1176   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1177     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1178       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1179       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1180 
1181       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1182       break;
1183     }
1184   }
1185 
1186   S->AddDecl(D);
1187 
1188   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1189     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1190     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1191     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1192     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1193       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1194       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1195         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1196           continue;
1197       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1198         break;
1199     }
1200 
1201     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1202   } else {
1203     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1204   }
1205 }
1206 
1207 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1208   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1209     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1210 }
1211 
1212 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1213                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1214   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1215 }
1216 
1217 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1218   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1219   do {
1220     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1221       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1222         return S;
1223   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1224 
1225   return nullptr;
1226 }
1227 
1228 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1229                                             DeclContext*,
1230                                             ASTContext&);
1231 
1232 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1233 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1234 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1235                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1236                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1237   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1238   while (F.hasNext()) {
1239     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1240 
1241     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1242       continue;
1243 
1244     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1245       continue;
1246 
1247     F.erase();
1248   }
1249 
1250   F.done();
1251 }
1252 
1253 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1254   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1255          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1256          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1257 }
1258 
1259 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1260 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1261   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1262   while (F.hasNext())
1263     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1264       F.erase();
1265 
1266   F.done();
1267 }
1268 
1269 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1270 /// @code
1271 /// class S {
1272 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1273 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1274 /// };
1275 /// @endcode
1276 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1277   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1278   // the decl here.
1279   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1280     return false;
1281 
1282   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1283     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1284   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1285     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1286   return false;
1287 }
1288 
1289 // We need this to handle
1290 //
1291 // typedef struct {
1292 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1293 // } A;
1294 //
1295 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1296 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1297 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1298 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1299 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1300 // not.
1301 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1302   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1303   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1304     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1305       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1306         return true;
1307     }
1308     DC = DC->getParent();
1309   }
1310 
1311   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1312 }
1313 
1314 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1315 // these semantics.
1316 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1317   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1318     return false;
1319   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1320 }
1321 
1322 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1323   assert(D);
1324 
1325   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1326     return false;
1327 
1328   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1329   // of members of class templates.
1330   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1331       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1332     return false;
1333 
1334   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1335     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1336       return false;
1337 
1338     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1339       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1340         return false;
1341     } else {
1342       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1343       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1344         return false;
1345     }
1346 
1347     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1348         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1349       return false;
1350   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1351     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1352     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1353     // like "inline".)
1354     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1355       return false;
1356 
1357     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1358       return false;
1359 
1360     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1361         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1362       return false;
1363   } else {
1364     return false;
1365   }
1366 
1367   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1368   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1369   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1370   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1371 }
1372 
1373 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1374   if (!D)
1375     return;
1376 
1377   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1378     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1379     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1380       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1381   }
1382 
1383   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1384     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1385     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1386       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1387   }
1388 
1389   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1390     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1391 }
1392 
1393 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1394   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1395     return false;
1396 
1397   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1398       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1399     return false;
1400 
1401   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1402     return true;
1403 
1404   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1405   // functions.
1406   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1407   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1408     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1409     WithinFunction =
1410         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1411   if (!WithinFunction)
1412     return false;
1413 
1414   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1415     return true;
1416 
1417   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1418   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1419     return false;
1420 
1421   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1422   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1423 
1424     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1425     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1426 
1427     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1428     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1429       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1430         return false;
1431     }
1432 
1433     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1434     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1435     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1436       return false;
1437 
1438     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1439       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1440       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1441         return false;
1442 
1443       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1444         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1445           return false;
1446 
1447         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1448           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1449                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1450             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1451           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1452             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1453           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1454             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1455             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1456               return false;
1457           }
1458         }
1459       }
1460     }
1461 
1462     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1463   }
1464 
1465   return true;
1466 }
1467 
1468 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1469                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1470   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1471     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1472                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1473     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1474       return;
1475     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1476                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1477   }
1478   return;
1479 }
1480 
1481 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1482   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1483     return;
1484 
1485   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1486     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1487       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1488     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1489       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1490   }
1491 }
1492 
1493 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1494 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1495 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1496   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1497     return;
1498 
1499   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1500     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1501     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1502     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1503     return;
1504   }
1505 
1506   FixItHint Hint;
1507   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1508 
1509   unsigned DiagID;
1510   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1511     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1512   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1513     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1514   else
1515     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1516 
1517   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1518 }
1519 
1520 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1521   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1522   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1523   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1524   // MS inline assembly label name.
1525   bool Diagnose = false;
1526   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1527     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1528   else
1529     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1530   if (Diagnose)
1531     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1532 }
1533 
1534 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1535   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1536 
1537   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1538   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1539          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1540 
1541   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1542     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1543 
1544     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1545     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1546 
1547     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1548 
1549     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1550     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1551       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1552       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1553         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1554     }
1555 
1556     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1557     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1558       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1559 
1560     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1561     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1562   }
1563 }
1564 
1565 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1566 ///
1567 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1568 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1569 /// to the fixed name.
1570 ///
1571 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1572 ///
1573 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1574 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1575 ///
1576 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1577 /// class could not be found.
1578 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1579                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1580                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1581   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1582   // creation from this context.
1583   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1584 
1585   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1586     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1587     // find an Objective-C class name.
1588     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1589     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1590                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1591                                        Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1592       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1593       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1594       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1595     }
1596   }
1597   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1598   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1599   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1600       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1601   return Def;
1602 }
1603 
1604 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1605 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1606 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1607 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1608 /// ill-formed in C++:
1609 /// @code
1610 /// struct S6 {
1611 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1612 /// };
1613 ///
1614 /// void test_S6() {
1615 ///   struct S6 a;
1616 ///   a.e = BAR;
1617 /// }
1618 /// @endcode
1619 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1620 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1621 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1622 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1623 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1624 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1625 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1626 /// contain non-field names.
1627 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1628   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1629          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1630          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1631     S = S->getParent();
1632   return S;
1633 }
1634 
1635 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1636 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1637 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1638 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1639 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1640                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1641   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1642     return;
1643   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1644 
1645   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1646                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1647   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1648   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1649     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1650       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1651 }
1652 
1653 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1654   switch (Error) {
1655   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1656     return "";
1657   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1658     return "stdio.h";
1659   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1660     return "setjmp.h";
1661   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1662     return "ucontext.h";
1663   }
1664   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1665 }
1666 
1667 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1668 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1669 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1670 /// built-in.
1671 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1672                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1673                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1674   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1675 
1676   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1677   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1678   if (Error) {
1679     if (ForRedeclaration)
1680       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1681           << getHeaderName(Error)
1682           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1683     return nullptr;
1684   }
1685 
1686   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1687     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1688       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID)
1689       << R;
1690     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1691         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1692       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1693           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1694           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1695   }
1696 
1697   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1698   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1699     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1700         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1701                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1702     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1703     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1704     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1705   }
1706 
1707   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1708                                            Parent,
1709                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1710                                            SC_Extern,
1711                                            false,
1712                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1713   New->setImplicit();
1714 
1715   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1716   // FunctionDecl.
1717   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1718     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1719     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1720       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1721           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1722                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1723                               SC_None, nullptr);
1724       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1725       Params.push_back(parm);
1726     }
1727     New->setParams(Params);
1728   }
1729 
1730   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1731   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1732 
1733   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1734   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1735   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1736   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1737   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1738   CurContext = Parent;
1739   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1740   CurContext = SavedContext;
1741   return New;
1742 }
1743 
1744 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1745 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1746 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1747 /// entity.
1748 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1749                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1750                                               LookupResult &previous){
1751   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1752   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1753     return;
1754 
1755   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1756   if (previous.empty())
1757     return;
1758 
1759   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1760   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1761     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1762 
1763     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1764     if (!old->isHidden())
1765       continue;
1766 
1767     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1768       filter.erase();
1769   }
1770 
1771   filter.done();
1772 }
1773 
1774 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1775 /// entity if their types are the same.
1776 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1777 /// isSameEntity.
1778 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context,
1779                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1780                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1781   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1782   if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1783     return;
1784 
1785   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1786   if (Previous.empty())
1787     return;
1788 
1789   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1790   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1791     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1792 
1793     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1794     if (!Old->isHidden())
1795       continue;
1796 
1797     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1798     // different linkages.
1799     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1800       if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1801                               Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1802         continue;
1803 
1804     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1805       Filter.erase();
1806   }
1807 
1808   Filter.done();
1809 }
1810 
1811 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1812   QualType OldType;
1813   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1814     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1815   else
1816     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1817   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1818 
1819   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1820     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1821     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1822     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1823       << Kind << NewType;
1824     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1825       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1826     New->setInvalidDecl();
1827     return true;
1828   }
1829 
1830   if (OldType != NewType &&
1831       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1832       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1833       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1834     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1835     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1836       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1837     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1838       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1839     New->setInvalidDecl();
1840     return true;
1841   }
1842   return false;
1843 }
1844 
1845 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1846 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1847 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1848 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1849 ///
1850 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1851   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1852   // merging checks.
1853   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1854 
1855   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1856   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1857   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1858     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1859     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1860     default: break;
1861     case 2:
1862       {
1863         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1864           break;
1865         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1866         if (!T->isPointerType())
1867           break;
1868         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1869           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1870           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1871             break;
1872         }
1873         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1874         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1875         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1876         return;
1877       }
1878     case 5:
1879       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1880         break;
1881       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1882       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1883       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1884       return;
1885     case 3:
1886       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1887         break;
1888       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1889       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1890       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1891       return;
1892     }
1893     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1894   }
1895 
1896   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1897   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1898   if (!Old) {
1899     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1900       << New->getDeclName();
1901 
1902     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1903     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1904       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1905 
1906     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1907   }
1908 
1909   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1910   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1911     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1912 
1913   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1914   // with any extensions enabled.
1915   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1916     return;
1917 
1918   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1919   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1920   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1921     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1922     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1923   }
1924 
1925   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1926     return;
1927 
1928   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1929     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1930     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1931     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1932     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1933     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1934       return;
1935 
1936     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1937     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1938     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1939     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1940     //
1941     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1942     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1943     //
1944     //   struct S {
1945     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1946     //   };
1947     //
1948     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1949     // allow the above but disallow
1950     //
1951     //   struct S {
1952     //     typedef int I;
1953     //     typedef int I;
1954     //   };
1955     //
1956     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1957     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1958       return;
1959 
1960     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1961       << New->getDeclName();
1962     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1963     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1964   }
1965 
1966   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1967   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1968     return;
1969 
1970   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1971   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1972   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1973   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1974   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1975       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1976        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1977     return;
1978 
1979   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
1980     << New->getDeclName();
1981   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1982   return;
1983 }
1984 
1985 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1986 /// attribute.
1987 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1988   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1989   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1990   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1991     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1992       if (Ann) {
1993         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1994           return true;
1995         continue;
1996       }
1997       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1998       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1999         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2000       return true;
2001     }
2002 
2003   return false;
2004 }
2005 
2006 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2007   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2008     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2009   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2010     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2011   return true;
2012 }
2013 
2014 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2015 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2016 ///
2017 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2018 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2019   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2020   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2021   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2022   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2023   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2024   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2025     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2026     // in a case like:
2027     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2028     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2029     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2030     // definition in such a case.
2031     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2032       return false;
2033 
2034     if (I->isAlignas())
2035       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2036 
2037     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2038     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2039       OldAlign = Align;
2040       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2041     }
2042   }
2043 
2044   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2045   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2046   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2047   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2048     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2049       return false;
2050 
2051     if (I->isAlignas())
2052       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2053 
2054     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2055     if (Align > NewAlign)
2056       NewAlign = Align;
2057   }
2058 
2059   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2060     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2061     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2062     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2063     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2064 
2065     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2066     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2067     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2068       QualType Ty;
2069       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2070         Ty = VD->getType();
2071       else
2072         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2073 
2074       if (OldAlign == 0)
2075         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2076       if (NewAlign == 0)
2077         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2078     }
2079 
2080     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2081       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2082         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2083         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2084       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2085     }
2086   }
2087 
2088   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2089     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2090     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2091     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2092     //   equivalent alignment.
2093     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2094     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2095     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2096     //   have no alignment specifier.
2097     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2098       << OldAlignasAttr;
2099     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2100       << OldAlignasAttr;
2101   }
2102 
2103   bool AnyAdded = false;
2104 
2105   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2106   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2107     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2108     Clone->setInherited(true);
2109     New->addAttr(Clone);
2110     AnyAdded = true;
2111   }
2112 
2113   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2114   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2115       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2116     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2117     Clone->setInherited(true);
2118     New->addAttr(Clone);
2119     AnyAdded = true;
2120   }
2121 
2122   return AnyAdded;
2123 }
2124 
2125 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2126                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2127   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2128   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2129   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2130     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2131                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2132                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2133                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2134                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2135   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2136     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2137                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2138   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2139     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2140                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2141   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2142     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2143                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2144   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2145     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2146                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2147   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2148     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2149                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2150                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2151   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2152     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2153                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2154   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2155     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2156                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2157                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2158   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2159     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2160     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2161     NewAttr = nullptr;
2162   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2163     NewAttr = nullptr;
2164   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2165     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2166 
2167   if (NewAttr) {
2168     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2169     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2170     return true;
2171   }
2172 
2173   return false;
2174 }
2175 
2176 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2177   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2178     return TD->getDefinition();
2179   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2180     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2181     if (Def)
2182       return Def;
2183     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2184   }
2185   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2186     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2187     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2188       return Def;
2189   }
2190   return nullptr;
2191 }
2192 
2193 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2194   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2195     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2196       return true;
2197   return false;
2198 }
2199 
2200 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2201 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2202 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2203   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2204     return;
2205 
2206   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2207   if (!Def || Def == New)
2208     return;
2209 
2210   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2211   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2212     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2213 
2214     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2215       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2216         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2217       else {
2218         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2219         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2220                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2221                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2222                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2223         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2224         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2225         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2226       }
2227       ++I;
2228       continue;
2229     }
2230 
2231     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2232       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2233       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2234         ++I;
2235         continue;
2236       }
2237     }
2238 
2239     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2240       ++I;
2241       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2242     }
2243 
2244     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2245       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2246       ++I;
2247       continue;
2248     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2249       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2250         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2251         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2252         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2253         //   equivalent alignment.
2254         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2255         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2256         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2257         //   have no alignment specifier.
2258         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2259           << AA;
2260         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2261           << AA;
2262         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2263         --E;
2264         continue;
2265       }
2266     }
2267 
2268     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2269            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2270     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2271     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2272     --E;
2273   }
2274 }
2275 
2276 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2277 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2278                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2279   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2280     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2281     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2282     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2283   }
2284 
2285   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2286     return;
2287 
2288   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2289   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2290 
2291   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2292     return;
2293 
2294   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2295 
2296   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2297   // we process them.
2298   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2299 
2300   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2301     bool Override = false;
2302     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2303     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2304         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2305         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2306       switch (AMK) {
2307       case AMK_None:
2308         continue;
2309 
2310       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2311         break;
2312 
2313       case AMK_Override:
2314         Override = true;
2315         break;
2316       }
2317     }
2318 
2319     // Already handled.
2320     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2321       continue;
2322 
2323     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2324       foundAny = true;
2325   }
2326 
2327   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2328     foundAny = true;
2329 
2330   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2331 }
2332 
2333 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2334 /// to the new one.
2335 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2336                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2337                                      Sema &S) {
2338   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2339   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2340   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2341   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2342   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2343   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2344     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2345            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2346     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2347     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2348     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2349       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2350     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2351       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2352     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2353            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2354   }
2355 
2356   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2357     return;
2358 
2359   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2360 
2361   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2362   // done before we process them.
2363   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2364 
2365   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2366     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2367       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2368         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2369       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2370       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2371       foundAny = true;
2372     }
2373   }
2374 
2375   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2376 }
2377 
2378 namespace {
2379 
2380 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2381 /// C.
2382 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2383   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2384   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2385   QualType PromotedType;
2386 };
2387 
2388 }
2389 
2390 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2391 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2392   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2393     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2394       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2395 
2396     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2397       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2398 
2399     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2400       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2401   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2402     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2403   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2404     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2405   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2406     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2407   }
2408 
2409   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2410 }
2411 
2412 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2413 // declaration, or a declaration.
2414 template <typename T>
2415 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2416 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2417   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2418   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2419   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2420     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2421   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2422     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2423     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2424       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2425   } else
2426     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2427   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2428 }
2429 
2430 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2431 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2432 /// GNU89 mode.
2433 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2434                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2435   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2436           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2437           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2438           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2439 }
2440 
2441 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2442   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2443   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2444     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2445   return AT;
2446 }
2447 
2448 template <typename T>
2449 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2450   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2451   if (DC->isRecord())
2452     return false;
2453 
2454   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2455   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2456     return true;
2457   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2458     return true;
2459   return false;
2460 }
2461 
2462 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2463 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2464 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2465 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2466 ///
2467 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2468 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2469 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2470 /// merged with.
2471 ///
2472 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2473 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2474                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2475   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2476   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2477   if (!Old) {
2478     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2479       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2480         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2481         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2482              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2483         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2484              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2485         return true;
2486       }
2487 
2488       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2489       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2490       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2491       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2492       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2493 
2494       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2495       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2496       if (Old &&
2497           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2498               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2499           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2500         Old = nullptr;
2501 
2502       if (!Old) {
2503         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2504         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2505              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2506         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2507         return true;
2508       }
2509       OldD = Old;
2510     } else {
2511       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2512         << New->getDeclName();
2513       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2514       return true;
2515     }
2516   }
2517 
2518   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2519   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2520     return true;
2521 
2522   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2523   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2524   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2525       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2526 
2527   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2528   // is an extern inline function.
2529   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2530   // storage classes.
2531   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2532       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2533       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2534       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2535       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2536     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2537       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2538       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2539     } else {
2540       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2541       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2542       return true;
2543     }
2544   }
2545 
2546 
2547   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2548   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2549   // convention of the first.
2550   //
2551   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2552   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2553   //
2554   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2555   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2556   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2557   //
2558   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2559   // other tests to run.
2560   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2561   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2562   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2563   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2564   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2565   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2566   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2567 
2568   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2569     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2570     const FunctionType *FT =
2571         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2572     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2573     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2574     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2575       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2576       // there but not here.
2577       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2578       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2579     } else {
2580       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2581       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2582       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2583         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2584         << !FirstCCExplicit
2585         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2586             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2587 
2588       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2589       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2590       return true;
2591     }
2592   }
2593 
2594   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2595   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2596     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2597     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2598   }
2599 
2600   // Merge regparm attribute.
2601   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2602       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2603     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2604       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2605         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2606         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2607       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2608       return true;
2609     }
2610 
2611     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2612     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2613   }
2614 
2615   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2616   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2617     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2618       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2619       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2620       return true;
2621     }
2622 
2623     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2624     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2625   }
2626 
2627   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2628     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2629     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2630     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2631     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2632     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2633   }
2634 
2635   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2636   // UndefinedButUsed.
2637   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2638       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2639       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2640       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2641       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2642     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2643                                            SourceLocation()));
2644 
2645   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2646   // about it.
2647   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2648       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2649     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2650   }
2651 
2652   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2653     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2654     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2655     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2656     //        cannot be overloaded.
2657 
2658     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2659     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2660     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2661     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2662     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2663     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2664         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2665              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2666              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2667     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2668         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2669              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2670              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2671     QualType ResQT;
2672     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2673         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2674           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2675       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2676           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2677         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2678       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2679         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2680           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2681               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2682         else
2683           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2684               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2685         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2686                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2687         return true;
2688       }
2689       else
2690         NewQType = ResQT;
2691     }
2692 
2693     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2694     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2695     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2696       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2697       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2698       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2699       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2700         New->setType(
2701             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2702                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2703                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2704         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2705             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2706                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2707                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2708       }
2709     }
2710 
2711     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2712     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2713     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2714       // Preserve triviality.
2715       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2716 
2717       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2718       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2719       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2720       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2721                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2722                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2723       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2724 
2725       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2726           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2727         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2728         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2729         //       is a static member function declaration.
2730         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2731           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2732           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2733           return true;
2734         }
2735 
2736         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2737         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2738         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2739         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2740         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2741           unsigned NewDiag;
2742           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2743             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2744           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2745             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2746           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2747             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2748           else
2749             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2750 
2751           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2752         } else {
2753           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2754             << New << New->getType();
2755         }
2756         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2757 
2758       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2759       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2760       //
2761       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2762       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2763       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2764         if (isFriend) {
2765           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2766         } else {
2767           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2768                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2769             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2770           return true;
2771         }
2772       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2773         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2774              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2775           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2776         return true;
2777       }
2778     }
2779 
2780     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2781     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2782     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2783     //   attribute.
2784     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2785     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2786       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2787       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2788            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2789     }
2790 
2791     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2792     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2793     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2794     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2795     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2796     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2797       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2798            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2799       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2800            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2801     }
2802 
2803     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2804     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2805     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2806     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2807 
2808     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2809     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2810     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2811       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2812       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2813         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2814       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2815       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2816     }
2817 
2818     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2819       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2820       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2821       //
2822       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2823       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2824       // linkage within class scope.
2825       //
2826       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2827       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2828         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2829         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2830       } else {
2831         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2832         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2833         return true;
2834       }
2835     }
2836 
2837     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2838       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2839 
2840     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2841         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2842       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2843       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2844       // when we instantiate the function.
2845       return false;
2846     }
2847 
2848     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2849   }
2850 
2851   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2852   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2853   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2854       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2855     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2856     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2857     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2858     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2859         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2860       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2861       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2862       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2863       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2864       NewQType =
2865           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2866                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2867       New->setType(NewQType);
2868       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2869 
2870       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2871       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2872       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2873         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2874                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2875                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2876                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2877         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2878         Param->setImplicit();
2879         Params.push_back(Param);
2880       }
2881 
2882       New->setParams(Params);
2883     }
2884 
2885     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2886   }
2887 
2888   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2889   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2890   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2891   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2892   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2893   // the prototype.
2894   //
2895   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2896   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2897   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2898   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2899   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2900       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2901       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2902       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2903     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2904     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2905     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2906       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2907     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2908       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2909 
2910     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2911     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2912                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2913     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2914     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2915          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2916       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2917       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2918       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2919                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2920         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2921       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2922                                             NewParm->getType(),
2923                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2924         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2925                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2926         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2927         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2928       } else
2929         LooseCompatible = false;
2930     }
2931 
2932     if (LooseCompatible) {
2933       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2934         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2935              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2936           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2937           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2938         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2939           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2940                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2941       }
2942 
2943       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2944         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2945                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2946       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2947     }
2948 
2949     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2950   }
2951 
2952   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2953   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2954 
2955   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2956   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2957   unsigned BuiltinID;
2958   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2959     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2960     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2961     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2962       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2963       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2964         << Old << Old->getType();
2965 
2966       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2967       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2968       //
2969       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2970       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2971       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2972       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2973       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2974       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2975         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2976 
2977       return false;
2978     }
2979 
2980     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2981   }
2982 
2983   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2984   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2985   return true;
2986 }
2987 
2988 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2989 /// known to be compatible.
2990 ///
2991 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2992 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2993 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2994 /// redeclaration of Old.
2995 ///
2996 /// \returns false
2997 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2998                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2999   // Merge the attributes
3000   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3001 
3002   // Merge "pure" flag.
3003   if (Old->isPure())
3004     New->setPure();
3005 
3006   // Merge "used" flag.
3007   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3008     New->setIsUsed();
3009 
3010   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3011   // declarations.
3012   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3013     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
3014       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
3015                                *this);
3016 
3017   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3018     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3019 
3020   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3021   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3022   // was visible.
3023   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3024   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3025     New->setType(Merged);
3026 
3027   return false;
3028 }
3029 
3030 
3031 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3032                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3033 
3034   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3035   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3036     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3037                                                    : AMK_Override;
3038   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3039 
3040   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3041   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3042                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3043   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3044          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3045        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3046     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3047 
3048   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3049 }
3050 
3051 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3052 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3053 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3054 ///
3055 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3056 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3057 /// is attached.
3058 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3059                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3060   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3061     return;
3062 
3063   QualType MergedT;
3064   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3065     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3066       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3067       return;
3068     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3069       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3070       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3071     }
3072     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3073     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3074     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3075     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3076     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3077     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3078              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3079       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3080       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3081       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3082                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3083         MergedT = New->getType();
3084     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3085                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3086       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3087       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3088       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3089                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3090         MergedT = Old->getType();
3091     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3092                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3093       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3094                                               Old->getType());
3095     }
3096   } else {
3097     // C 6.2.7p2:
3098     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3099     //   compatible type.
3100     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3101   }
3102   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3103     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3104     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3105     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3106     // equivalent.
3107     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3108     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3109          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3110       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3111       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3112       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3113       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3114         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3115       return;
3116     }
3117 
3118     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3119     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3120     //
3121     //   extern int arr[];
3122     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3123     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3124     //
3125     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3126     // to diagnose it.
3127     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
3128       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3129     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3130     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3131   }
3132 
3133   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3134   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3135   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3136     New->setType(MergedT);
3137 }
3138 
3139 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3140                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3141   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3142   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3143   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3144   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3145   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3146   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3147   //
3148   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3149   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3150     return false;
3151 
3152   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3153     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3154     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3155     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3156     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3157     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3158            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3159             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3160   } else {
3161     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3162     // type unless we're in the same function.
3163     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3164            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3165   }
3166 }
3167 
3168 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3169 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3170 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3171 ///
3172 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3173 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3174 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3175 ///
3176 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3177   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3178   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3179     return;
3180 
3181   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3182 
3183   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3184   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3185   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3186   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3187     if (NewTemplate) {
3188       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3189       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3190     } else
3191       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3192   }
3193   if (!Old) {
3194     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3195       << New->getDeclName();
3196     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3197          diag::note_previous_definition);
3198     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3199   }
3200 
3201   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3202     return;
3203 
3204   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3205   if (NewTemplate &&
3206       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3207                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3208                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3209     return;
3210 
3211   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3212   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3213   //
3214   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3215   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3216     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3217       << New->getIdentifier();
3218     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3219     New->setInvalidDecl();
3220   }
3221 
3222   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3223   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3224   // declaration
3225   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3226       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3227       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3228     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3229     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3230     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3231     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3232   }
3233 
3234   // Merge the types.
3235   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3236 
3237   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3238     return;
3239 
3240   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3241   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3242   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3243       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3244 
3245   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3246   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3247       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3248       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3249     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3250       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3251           << New->getDeclName();
3252       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3253     } else {
3254       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3255           << New->getDeclName();
3256       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3257       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3258     }
3259   }
3260   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3261   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3262   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3263   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3264   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3265   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3266   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3267   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3268   //   identifier has external linkage.
3269   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3270     /* Okay */;
3271   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3272            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3273            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3274     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3275     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3276     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3277   }
3278 
3279   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3280   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3281       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3282     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3283     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3284     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3285   }
3286   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3287       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3288     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3289     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3290     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3291   }
3292 
3293   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3294 
3295   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3296   // need to check for mismatches.
3297   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3298       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3299       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3300         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3301     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3302     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3303     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3304   }
3305 
3306   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3307     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3308       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3309       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3310     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3311       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3312       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3313     } else {
3314       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3315       // static and dynamic initialization.
3316       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3317       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3318       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3319         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3320       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3321     }
3322   }
3323 
3324   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3325   const VarDecl *Def;
3326   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3327       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3328       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3329     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3330     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3331     New->setInvalidDecl();
3332     return;
3333   }
3334 
3335   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3336     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3337     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3338     New->setInvalidDecl();
3339     return;
3340   }
3341 
3342   // Merge "used" flag.
3343   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3344     New->setIsUsed();
3345 
3346   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3347   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3348   if (NewTemplate)
3349     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3350 
3351   // Inherit access appropriately.
3352   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3353   if (NewTemplate)
3354     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3355 }
3356 
3357 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3358 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3359 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3360                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3361   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3362 }
3363 
3364 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3365   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3366     return;
3367 
3368   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3369     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3370     // it is anonymous.
3371     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3372       return;
3373     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3374         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3375     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3376         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3377     return;
3378   }
3379 
3380   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3381   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3382   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3383           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3384                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3385     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3386         Tag,
3387         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3388   }
3389 }
3390 
3391 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3392 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3393 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3394 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3395                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3396                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3397                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3398   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3399   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3400   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3401       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3402       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3403       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3404       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3405     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3406 
3407     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3408       return nullptr;
3409 
3410     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3411     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3412     // it's a Type.
3413     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3414       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3415     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3416       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3417   }
3418 
3419   if (Tag) {
3420     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3421     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3422     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3423       return Tag;
3424   }
3425 
3426   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3427     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3428     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3429     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3430       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3431            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3432            << DS.getSourceRange();
3433   }
3434 
3435   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3436     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3437     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3438     if (Tag)
3439       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3440         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3441             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3442             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3443             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3444     else
3445       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3446     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3447     return TagD;
3448   }
3449 
3450   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3451 
3452   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3453     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3454     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3455     if (TagD && !Tag)
3456       return nullptr;
3457     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3458   }
3459 
3460   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3461   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3462     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3463   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3464       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3465     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3466     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3467     // or an explicit specialization.
3468     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3469     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3470       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3471           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3472           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3473           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3474       << SS.getRange();
3475     return nullptr;
3476   }
3477 
3478   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3479   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3480 
3481   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3482   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3483     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3484         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3485       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3486           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3487         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3488 
3489       DeclaresAnything = false;
3490     }
3491   }
3492 
3493   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3494   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3495   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3496   //
3497   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3498   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3499   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3500       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3501     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3502     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3503     //   struct STRUCT;
3504     //   union UNION;
3505     // and
3506     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3507     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3508     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3509         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3510       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3511       if (Tag)
3512         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3513       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3514                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3515         Record = RT->getDecl();
3516       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3517         Record = UT->getDecl();
3518 
3519       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3520         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3521           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3522         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3523       }
3524 
3525       DeclaresAnything = false;
3526     }
3527   }
3528 
3529   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3530   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3531       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3532     return TagD;
3533 
3534   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3535       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3536     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3537       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3538           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3539         DeclaresAnything = false;
3540 
3541   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3542     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3543     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3544       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3545         << DS.getSourceRange();
3546     else
3547       DeclaresAnything = false;
3548   }
3549 
3550   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3551       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3552     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3553       << Tag->getTagKind()
3554       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3555 
3556   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3557 
3558   // C 6.7/2:
3559   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3560   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3561   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3562   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3563   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3564   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3565   //   previous declaration.
3566   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3567     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3568     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3569     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3570     return TagD;
3571   }
3572 
3573   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3574   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3575   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3576   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3577   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3578   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3579   //
3580   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3581   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3582   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3583     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3584 
3585   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3586   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3587   // useless.
3588   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3589     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3590       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3591       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3592       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3593     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3594       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3595         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3596   }
3597 
3598   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3599     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3600       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3601   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3602     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3603       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3604     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3605       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3606     // Restrict is covered above.
3607     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3608       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3609   }
3610 
3611   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3612   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3613   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3614   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3615     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3616     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3617         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3618         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3619         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3620         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3621       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3622       while (attrs) {
3623         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3624         << attrs->getName()
3625         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3626             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3627             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3628             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3629         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3630       }
3631     }
3632   }
3633 
3634   return TagD;
3635 }
3636 
3637 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3638 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3639 ///
3640 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3641 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3642                                          Scope *S,
3643                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3644                                          DeclarationName Name,
3645                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3646                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3647   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3648                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3649   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3650 
3651   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3652     return false;
3653 
3654   // Pick a representative declaration.
3655   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3656   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3657 
3658   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3659     return false;
3660 
3661   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3662   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3663 
3664   return true;
3665 }
3666 
3667 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3668 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3669 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3670 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3671 /// struct, e.g.,
3672 ///
3673 /// @code
3674 /// union {
3675 ///   int i;
3676 ///   float f;
3677 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3678 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3679 /// @endcode
3680 ///
3681 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3682 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3683 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3684                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3685                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3686                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3687                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3688                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3689   unsigned diagKind
3690     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3691                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3692 
3693   bool Invalid = false;
3694 
3695   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3696   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3697     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3698         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3699       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3700       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3701                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3702         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3703         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3704         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3705         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3706         Invalid = true;
3707       } else {
3708         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3709         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3710         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3711         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3712         //   anonymous union is declared.
3713         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3714         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3715           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3716             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3717         else
3718           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3719 
3720         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3721         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3722           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3723         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3724           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3725 
3726         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
3727             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
3728             VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3729 
3730         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
3731           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
3732 
3733         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3734         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3735         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3736 
3737         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3738         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3739 
3740         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3741       }
3742     }
3743   }
3744 
3745   return Invalid;
3746 }
3747 
3748 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3749 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3750 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3751 static StorageClass
3752 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3753   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3754   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3755          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3756   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3757   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3758   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3759     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3760       return SC_None;
3761     return SC_Extern;
3762   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3763   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3764   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3765   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3766     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3767   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3768   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3769   }
3770   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3771 }
3772 
3773 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3774   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3775 
3776   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3777     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3778     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3779       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3780     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3781       return FD->getLocation();
3782   }
3783 
3784   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3785 }
3786 
3787 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3788                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3789   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3790     return;
3791 
3792   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3793   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3794 }
3795 
3796 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3797                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3798   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3799     return;
3800 
3801   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3802 }
3803 
3804 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3805 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3806 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3807 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3808 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3809                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3810                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3811                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3812   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3813 
3814   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3815   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3816     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3817   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3818     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3819   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3820     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3821 
3822   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3823   // structs/unions.
3824   bool Invalid = false;
3825   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3826     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
3827     unsigned DiagID;
3828     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3829       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3830       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3831       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3832       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3833           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3834            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3835             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3836         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3837           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3838 
3839         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3840         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3841                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3842       }
3843       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3844       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3845       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3846       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3847                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3848         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3849              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3850           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3851 
3852         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3853         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3854                                SourceLocation(),
3855                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3856       }
3857     }
3858 
3859     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3860     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3861       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3862         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3863           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3864           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3865       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3866         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3867              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3868           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3869           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3870       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3871         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3872              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3873           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3874           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3875       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3876         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3877              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3878           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3879           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3880 
3881       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3882     }
3883 
3884     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3885     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3886     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3887     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3888     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3889       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3890         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3891         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3892         //   members (clause 11).
3893         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3894         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3895           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3896             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3897           Invalid = true;
3898         }
3899 
3900         // C++ [class.union]p1
3901         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3902         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3903         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3904         //   array of such objects.
3905         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3906           Invalid = true;
3907       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3908         // Any implicit members are fine.
3909       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3910         // This is a type that showed up in an
3911         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3912         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3913         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3914       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3915         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3916             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3917           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3918           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3919             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3920               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3921           else {
3922             // This is a nested type declaration.
3923             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3924               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3925             Invalid = true;
3926           }
3927         } else {
3928           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3929           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3930           // not part of standard C++.
3931           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3932                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3933             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3934         }
3935       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3936         // Any access specifier is fine.
3937       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
3938         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
3939       } else {
3940         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3941         // member. Complain about it.
3942         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3943         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3944           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3945         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3946           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3947         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3948           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3949 
3950         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3951         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3952             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3953           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3954             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3955         else {
3956           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3957               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3958           Invalid = true;
3959         }
3960       }
3961     }
3962 
3963     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3964     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3965     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3966     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3967         Owner->isRecord())
3968       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3969                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3970   }
3971 
3972   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3973     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3974       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3975     Invalid = true;
3976   }
3977 
3978   // Mock up a declarator.
3979   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3980   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3981   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3982 
3983   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3984   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
3985   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3986     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3987                              DS.getLocStart(),
3988                              Record->getLocation(),
3989                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3990                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3991                              TInfo,
3992                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
3993                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3994     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3995     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3996       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3997   } else {
3998     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3999     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4000     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4001       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4002       // an error here
4003       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4004       Invalid = true;
4005       SC = SC_None;
4006     }
4007 
4008     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4009                            DS.getLocStart(),
4010                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4011                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4012                            TInfo, SC);
4013 
4014     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4015     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4016     // initializer:
4017     //   union { int n = 0; };
4018     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4019   }
4020   Anon->setImplicit();
4021 
4022   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4023   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4024 
4025   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4026   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4027   // its members.
4028   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4029 
4030   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4031   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4032   // purposes.
4033   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4034   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4035 
4036   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4037                                           Chain, false))
4038     Invalid = true;
4039 
4040   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4041     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4042       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4043       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
4044               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
4045                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
4046         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
4047         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4048       }
4049     }
4050   }
4051 
4052   if (Invalid)
4053     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4054 
4055   return Anon;
4056 }
4057 
4058 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4059 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4060 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4061 /// Example:
4062 ///
4063 /// struct A { int a; };
4064 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4065 ///
4066 /// void foo() {
4067 ///   B var;
4068 ///   var.a = 3;
4069 /// }
4070 ///
4071 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4072                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4073   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4074 
4075   // Mock up a declarator.
4076   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4077   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4078   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4079 
4080   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4081   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4082 
4083   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4084   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4085                              ParentDecl,
4086                              DS.getLocStart(),
4087                              DS.getLocStart(),
4088                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4089                              RecTy,
4090                              TInfo,
4091                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4092                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4093   Anon->setImplicit();
4094 
4095   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4096   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4097 
4098   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4099   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4100   // purposes.
4101   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4102   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4103 
4104   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4105   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4106                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4107       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4108                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4109     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4110     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4111   }
4112 
4113   return Anon;
4114 }
4115 
4116 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4117 /// given Declarator.
4118 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4119   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4120 }
4121 
4122 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4123 DeclarationNameInfo
4124 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4125   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4126   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4127 
4128   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4129 
4130   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4131   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4132     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4133     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4134     return NameInfo;
4135 
4136   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4137     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4138                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4139     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4140     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4141       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4142     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4143       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4144     return NameInfo;
4145 
4146   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4147     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4148                                                            Name.Identifier));
4149     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4150     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4151     return NameInfo;
4152 
4153   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4154     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4155     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4156     if (Ty.isNull())
4157       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4158     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4159                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4160     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4161     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4162     return NameInfo;
4163   }
4164 
4165   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4166     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4167     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4168     if (Ty.isNull())
4169       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4170     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4171                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4172     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4173     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4174     return NameInfo;
4175   }
4176 
4177   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4178     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4179     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4180     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4181     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4182     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4183       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4184 
4185     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4186     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4187 
4188     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4189     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4190     // was qualified.
4191 
4192     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4193                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4194     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4195     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4196     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4197     return NameInfo;
4198   }
4199 
4200   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4201     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4202     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4203     if (Ty.isNull())
4204       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4205     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4206                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4207     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4208     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4209     return NameInfo;
4210   }
4211 
4212   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4213     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4214     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4215     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4216   }
4217 
4218   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4219 
4220   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4221 }
4222 
4223 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4224   do {
4225     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4226       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4227     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4228       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4229     else
4230       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4231   } while (true);
4232 }
4233 
4234 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4235 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4236 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4237 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4238 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4239 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4240 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4241 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4242                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4243                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4244                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4245   Params.clear();
4246   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4247     return false;
4248   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4249     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4250     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4251 
4252     // The parameter types are identical
4253     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4254       continue;
4255 
4256     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4257     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4258     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4259     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4260 
4261     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4262         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4263       Params.push_back(Idx);
4264     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4265       return false;
4266   }
4267 
4268   return true;
4269 }
4270 
4271 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4272 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4273 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4274 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4275 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4276 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4277                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4278   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4279   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4280   //   - types which will become injected class names
4281   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4282   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4283   // few cases here.
4284 
4285   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4286   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4287   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4288   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4289   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4290   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4291     // Grab the type from the parser.
4292     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4293     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4294     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4295 
4296     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4297     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4298     // attached already.
4299     if (!TSI)
4300       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4301 
4302     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4303     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4304     if (!TSI) return true;
4305 
4306     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4307     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4308     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4309     break;
4310   }
4311 
4312   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4313   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4314     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4315     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4316     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4317     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4318     break;
4319   }
4320 
4321   default:
4322     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4323     break;
4324   }
4325 
4326   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4327   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4328     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4329 
4330     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4331     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4332     // pointer.
4333     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4334       continue;
4335 
4336     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4337     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4338     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4339       return true;
4340   }
4341 
4342   return false;
4343 }
4344 
4345 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4346   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4347   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4348 
4349   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4350       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4351     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4352 
4353   return Dcl;
4354 }
4355 
4356 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4357 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4358 ///   name different from T:
4359 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4360 ///     - every member function of class T
4361 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4362 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4363 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4364                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4365   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4366 
4367   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4368     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4369       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4370       return true;
4371     }
4372 
4373   return false;
4374 }
4375 
4376 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4377 /// nested-name-specifier.
4378 ///
4379 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4380 ///
4381 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4382 /// resolves.
4383 ///
4384 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4385 ///
4386 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4387 ///
4388 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4389 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4390                                         DeclarationName Name,
4391                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4392   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4393   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4394     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4395 
4396   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4397   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4398   //
4399   // class X {
4400   //   void X::f();
4401   // };
4402   //
4403   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4404   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4405   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4406     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4407       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4408                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4409         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4410       SS.clear();
4411     } else {
4412       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4413     }
4414     return false;
4415   }
4416 
4417   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4418   // declaration.
4419   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4420     if (Cur->isRecord())
4421       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4422         << Name << SS.getRange();
4423     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4424       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4425         << Name << SS.getRange();
4426     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4427       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4428         << Name << SS.getRange();
4429     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4430       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4431         << Name << SS.getRange();
4432     else
4433       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4434       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4435 
4436     return true;
4437   }
4438 
4439   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4440     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4441     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4442       << Name << SS.getRange();
4443     SS.clear();
4444 
4445     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4446     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4447     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4448     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4449          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4450         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4451                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4452       return true;
4453 
4454     return false;
4455   }
4456 
4457   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4458   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4459   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4460   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4461   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4462     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4463   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4464         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4465     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4466       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4467 
4468   return false;
4469 }
4470 
4471 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4472                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4473   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4474   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4475   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4476 
4477   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4478   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4479   if (!Name) {
4480     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4481       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4482            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4483         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4484     return nullptr;
4485   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4486     return nullptr;
4487 
4488   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4489   // we find one that is.
4490   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4491          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4492     S = S->getParent();
4493 
4494   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4495   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4496     D.setInvalidType();
4497   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4498     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4499                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4500       return nullptr;
4501 
4502     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4503     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4504     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4505       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4506       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4507       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4508       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4509       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4510            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4511         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4512         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4513       return nullptr;
4514     }
4515     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4516 
4517     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4518         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4519       return nullptr;
4520 
4521     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4522       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4523            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4524         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4525       D.setInvalidType();
4526     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4527       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4528                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4529         if (DC->isRecord())
4530           return nullptr;
4531 
4532         D.setInvalidType();
4533       }
4534     }
4535 
4536     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4537     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4538     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4539         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4540       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4541       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4542         D.setInvalidType();
4543     }
4544   }
4545 
4546   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4547     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4548     // Just return early; it's safer.
4549     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4550       return nullptr;
4551 
4552   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4553   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4554 
4555   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4556                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4557     D.setInvalidType();
4558 
4559   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4560                         ForRedeclaration);
4561 
4562   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4563   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4564     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4565     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4566 
4567     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4568     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4569     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4570     //
4571     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4572     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4573     // the same name.
4574     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4575       /* Do nothing*/;
4576     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4577              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4578               R->isFunctionType())) {
4579       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4580       CreateBuiltins =
4581           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4582     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4583                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4584       CreateBuiltins = true;
4585 
4586     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4587       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4588 
4589     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4590   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4591     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4592 
4593     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4594     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4595     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4596     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4597     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4598     //  thereof; [...]
4599     //
4600     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4601     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4602     // we want to match. For example, given:
4603     //
4604     //   class X {
4605     //     void f();
4606     //     void f(float);
4607     //   };
4608     //
4609     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4610     //
4611     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4612     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4613     // matches.
4614 
4615     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4616     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4617     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4618     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4619     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4620   }
4621 
4622   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4623       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4624     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4625     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4626       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4627                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4628 
4629     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4630     Previous.clear();
4631   }
4632 
4633   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4634   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4635   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4636   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4637   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4638       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4639     Previous.clear();
4640 
4641   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4642   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4643   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4644     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4645 
4646   NamedDecl *New;
4647 
4648   bool AddToScope = true;
4649   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4650     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4651       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4652       return nullptr;
4653     }
4654 
4655     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4656   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4657     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4658                                   TemplateParamLists,
4659                                   AddToScope);
4660   } else {
4661     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4662                                   AddToScope);
4663   }
4664 
4665   if (!New)
4666     return nullptr;
4667 
4668   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4669   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4670   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4671        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4672     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4673     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4674     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4675     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4676     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4677     if (!AddToContext)
4678       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4679   }
4680 
4681   return New;
4682 }
4683 
4684 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4685 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4686 /// GCC compatibility).
4687 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4688                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4689                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4690                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4691   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4692   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4693   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4694   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4695   SizeIsNegative = false;
4696   Oversized = 0;
4697 
4698   if (T->isDependentType())
4699     return QualType();
4700 
4701   QualifierCollector Qs;
4702   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4703 
4704   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4705     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4706     QualType FixedType =
4707         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4708                                             Oversized);
4709     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4710     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4711     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4712   }
4713   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4714     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4715     QualType FixedType =
4716         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4717                                             Oversized);
4718     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4719     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4720     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4721   }
4722 
4723   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4724   if (!VLATy)
4725     return QualType();
4726   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4727   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4728     return QualType();
4729 
4730   llvm::APSInt Res;
4731   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4732       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4733     return QualType();
4734 
4735   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4736   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4737     SizeIsNegative = true;
4738     return QualType();
4739   }
4740 
4741   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4742   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4743     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4744                                               Res);
4745   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4746     Oversized = Res;
4747     return QualType();
4748   }
4749 
4750   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4751                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4752 }
4753 
4754 static void
4755 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4756   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4757     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4758     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4759                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4760     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4761     return;
4762   }
4763   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4764     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4765     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4766                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4767     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4768     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4769     return;
4770   }
4771   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4772   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4773   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4774   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4775   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4776   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4777   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4778   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4779 }
4780 
4781 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4782 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4783 /// GCC compatibility).
4784 static TypeSourceInfo*
4785 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4786                                               ASTContext &Context,
4787                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4788                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4789   QualType FixedTy
4790     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4791                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4792   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4793     return nullptr;
4794   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4795   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4796                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4797   return FixedTInfo;
4798 }
4799 
4800 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4801 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4802 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4803 /// function-scope declarations.
4804 void
4805 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4806   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4807       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4808     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4809     return;
4810 
4811   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4812   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4813   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4814   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4815 }
4816 
4817 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4818   if (ExternalSource) {
4819     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4820     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4821     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4822     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4823     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4824       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4825         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4826       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4827         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4828     }
4829   }
4830 
4831   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4832   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr;
4833 }
4834 
4835 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4836 /// does not identify a function.
4837 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4838   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4839   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4840   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4841     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4842          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4843 
4844   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4845     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4846          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4847 
4848   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4849     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4850          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4851 
4852   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4853     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4854          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4855 }
4856 
4857 NamedDecl*
4858 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4859                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4860   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4861   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4862     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4863       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4864     D.setInvalidType();
4865     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4866     DC = CurContext;
4867     Previous.clear();
4868   }
4869 
4870   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4871 
4872   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4873     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4874       << 1;
4875 
4876   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4877     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4878       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4879     return nullptr;
4880   }
4881 
4882   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4883   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
4884 
4885   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4886   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4887 
4888   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4889 
4890   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4891   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4892   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4893   return ND;
4894 }
4895 
4896 void
4897 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4898   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4899   // then it shall have block scope.
4900   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4901   // that redeclarations will match.
4902   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4903   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4904   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4905     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4906 
4907     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
4908       bool SizeIsNegative;
4909       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4910       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4911         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4912                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4913                                                       Oversized);
4914       if (FixedTInfo) {
4915         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4916         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4917       } else {
4918         if (SizeIsNegative)
4919           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4920         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4921           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4922         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4923           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4924             << Oversized.toString(10);
4925         else
4926           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4927         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4928       }
4929     }
4930   }
4931 }
4932 
4933 
4934 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4935 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4936 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4937 NamedDecl*
4938 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4939                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4940   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4941   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4942   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4943                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4944   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4945   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4946     Redeclaration = true;
4947     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4948   }
4949 
4950   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4951   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4952     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4953         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4954       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4955         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4956       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4957         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4958       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4959         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4960       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4961         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4962     }
4963 
4964   return NewTD;
4965 }
4966 
4967 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4968 /// previous declaration.
4969 ///
4970 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4971 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4972 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4973 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4974 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4975 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4976 ///
4977 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4978 /// lookup
4979 ///
4980 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4981 /// declared.
4982 ///
4983 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4984 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4985 static bool
4986 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4987                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4988   if (!PrevDecl)
4989     return false;
4990 
4991   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4992     return false;
4993 
4994   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4995     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4996     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4997     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4998     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4999     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5000     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5001     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5002     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5003       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5004       return false;
5005 
5006     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5007     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5008       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5009       return false;
5010 
5011     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5012     // previous declarations.
5013     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5014     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5015 
5016     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5017     // isn't the same function.
5018     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5019       return false;
5020   }
5021 
5022   return true;
5023 }
5024 
5025 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5026   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5027   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5028   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5029 }
5030 
5031 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5032   QualType type = decl->getType();
5033   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5034   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5035     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5036     unsigned kind = -1U;
5037     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5038       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5039         kind = 0; // __block
5040       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5041         kind = 1; // global
5042     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5043       kind = 3; // ivar
5044     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5045       kind = 2; // field
5046     }
5047 
5048     if (kind != -1U) {
5049       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5050         << kind;
5051     }
5052   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5053     // Try to infer lifetime.
5054     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5055       return false;
5056 
5057     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5058     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5059     decl->setType(type);
5060   }
5061 
5062   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5063     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5064     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5065         var->getTLSKind()) {
5066       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5067         << var->getType();
5068       return true;
5069     }
5070   }
5071 
5072   return false;
5073 }
5074 
5075 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5076   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5077   // the wrong linkage.
5078   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5079 
5080   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5081   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5082     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5083       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5084       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5085     }
5086   }
5087   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5088     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5089       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5090       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5091     }
5092   }
5093 
5094   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
5095   // It does not apply to functions.
5096   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5097     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5098       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5099       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5100     }
5101   }
5102 
5103   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5104   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5105     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5106       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5107         << &ND << Attr;
5108       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5109     }
5110   }
5111 }
5112 
5113 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5114                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5115                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5116   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5117     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5118   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5119     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5120 
5121   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5122     return;
5123 
5124   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5125   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5126   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5127   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5128 
5129   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5130   // inherited attribute instances.
5131   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5132                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5133 
5134   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5135   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5136   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5137   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5138   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5139 
5140   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5141     // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for
5142     // free functions and global variables.
5143     bool JustWarn = false;
5144     if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && OldDecl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
5145       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5146       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5147         JustWarn = true;
5148       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5149       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5150         JustWarn = true;
5151     }
5152 
5153     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5154                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5155     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5156         << NewDecl
5157         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5158     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5159     if (!JustWarn) {
5160       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5161       return;
5162     }
5163   }
5164 
5165   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5166   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5167   // and qualified friend declarations.
5168   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5169   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5170   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5171     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5172     // separately.
5173     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5174   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5175     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5176     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5177                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5178   }
5179 
5180   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5181       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5182     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5183            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5184       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5185     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5186     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5187     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5188     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5189   }
5190 }
5191 
5192 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5193 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5194 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5195 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5196   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5197 
5198   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5199   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5200 
5201   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5202   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5203     return false;
5204 
5205   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5206 
5207 #ifndef NDEBUG
5208   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5209   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5210   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5211   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5212   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5213 #endif
5214 
5215   bool isC99Inline =
5216       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5217 
5218 #ifndef NDEBUG
5219   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5220 #endif
5221 
5222   return isC99Inline;
5223 }
5224 
5225 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5226 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5227 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5228 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5229 ///
5230 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5231 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5232 ///
5233 /// For instance:
5234 ///
5235 ///   auto x = []{};
5236 ///
5237 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5238 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5239 ///
5240 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5241 template<typename T>
5242 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5243   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5244     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5245     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5246       return false;
5247   }
5248   return D->isExternC();
5249 }
5250 
5251 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5252   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5253   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5254     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5255   if (DC->isFileContext())
5256     return true;
5257   if (DC->isRecord())
5258     return false;
5259   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5260 }
5261 
5262 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5263   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5264   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5265     return true;
5266   if (DC->isRecord())
5267     return false;
5268   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5269 }
5270 
5271 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5272                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5273   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5274     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5275       return true;
5276   return false;
5277 }
5278 
5279 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5280                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5281   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5282   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5283     return true;
5284 
5285   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5286   // position to the decl itself.
5287   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5288     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5289       return true;
5290   }
5291 
5292   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5293   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5294 }
5295 
5296 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5297 /// function-local external declaration.
5298 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5299   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5300     return false;
5301 
5302   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5303   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5304   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5305   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5306     return true;
5307 
5308   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5309   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5310   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5311   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5312   //
5313   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5314   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5315   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5316     DC = DC->getParent();
5317   return true;
5318 }
5319 
5320 NamedDecl *
5321 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5322                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5323                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5324                               bool &AddToScope) {
5325   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5326   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5327 
5328   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5329   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
5330     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5331 
5332   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5333   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5334   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5335       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5336       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5337     SC = SC_Extern;
5338 
5339   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5340   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5341                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5342 
5343   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5344     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5345     QualType NR = R;
5346     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5347       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5348         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5349         D.setInvalidType();
5350         break;
5351       }
5352       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5353     }
5354 
5355     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5356       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5357       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5358       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5359         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5360         D.setInvalidType();
5361       }
5362     }
5363   }
5364 
5365   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5366     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5367     // an error here
5368     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5369     D.setInvalidType();
5370     SC = SC_None;
5371   }
5372 
5373   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5374       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5375                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5376     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5377     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5378     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5379     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5380          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5381       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5382   }
5383 
5384   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5385   if (!II) {
5386     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5387       << Name;
5388     return nullptr;
5389   }
5390 
5391   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5392 
5393   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5394     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5395     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5396     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5397     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5398       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5399       D.setInvalidType();
5400     }
5401   }
5402 
5403   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5404     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5405     // OpenCL __local address space.
5406     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5407       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5408     }
5409 
5410     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5411     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5412     // space qualifiers.
5413     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5414       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5415       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5416     }
5417 
5418     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5419     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5420     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5421     // address space qualifiers.
5422     if (R->isEventT()) {
5423       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5424         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5425         D.setInvalidType();
5426       }
5427 
5428       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5429         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5430         D.setInvalidType();
5431       }
5432     }
5433   }
5434 
5435   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5436   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5437   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5438   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5439   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5440   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5441   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5442   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5443     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5444                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5445                             R, TInfo, SC);
5446 
5447     if (D.isInvalidType())
5448       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5449   } else {
5450     bool Invalid = false;
5451 
5452     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5453       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5454       switch (SC) {
5455       case SC_None:
5456         break;
5457       case SC_Static:
5458         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5459              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5460           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5461         break;
5462       case SC_Auto:
5463       case SC_Register:
5464       case SC_Extern:
5465         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5466         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5467         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5468         // of class members
5469 
5470         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5471              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5472           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5473         break;
5474       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5475         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5476       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5477         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5478       }
5479     }
5480 
5481     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5482       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5483         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5484           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5485                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5486             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5487 
5488         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5489         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5490         if (RD->isUnion())
5491           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5492                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5493                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5494                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5495         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5496         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5497           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5498                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5499             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5500       }
5501     }
5502 
5503     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5504     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5505     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5506         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5507         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5508         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5509             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5510             : nullptr,
5511         TemplateParamLists,
5512         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5513 
5514     if (TemplateParams) {
5515       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5516           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5517         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5518         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5519         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5520              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5521           << II
5522           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5523                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5524         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5525       } else {
5526         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5527           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5528           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5529           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5530           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5531         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5532           // This is a template declaration.
5533           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5534 
5535           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5536           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5537             return nullptr;
5538 
5539           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5540           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5541                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5542                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5543                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5544         }
5545       }
5546     } else {
5547       assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5548              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5549     }
5550 
5551     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5552       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5553           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5554               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5555               : SourceLocation();
5556       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5557           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5558           IsPartialSpecialization);
5559       if (Res.isInvalid())
5560         return nullptr;
5561       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5562       AddToScope = false;
5563     } else
5564       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5565                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5566 
5567     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5568     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5569       NewTemplate =
5570           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5571                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5572       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5573     }
5574 
5575     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5576     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5577     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5578       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5579 
5580     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5581       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5582       if (NewTemplate)
5583         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5584     }
5585 
5586     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5587 
5588     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5589     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5590     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5591     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5592       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5593           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5594           TemplateParamLists.data());
5595 
5596     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5597       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5598   }
5599 
5600   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5601   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5602   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5603   if (NewTemplate)
5604     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5605 
5606   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5607     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5608 
5609   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5610     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5611       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5612       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5613       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5614       //   explicitly.
5615       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5616       //   'extern'.
5617       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5618           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5619           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5620         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5621       else
5622         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5623              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5624           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5625     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5626       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5627            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5628     else
5629       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5630   }
5631 
5632   // C99 6.7.4p3
5633   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5634   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5635   //   thread storage duration...
5636   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5637   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5638   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5639   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5640   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5641   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5642       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5643     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5644     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5645       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5646            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5647       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5648     }
5649   }
5650 
5651   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5652     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5653       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5654           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5655           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5656                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5657     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5658       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5659         << 2
5660         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5661     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5662       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5663         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5664         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5665         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5666     else {
5667       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5668       if (NewTemplate)
5669         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5670     }
5671   }
5672 
5673   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5674   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5675 
5676   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5677     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5678     // storage [duration]."
5679     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5680         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5681          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5682       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5683     }
5684   }
5685 
5686   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5687   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5688   // check the VarDecl itself.
5689   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5690          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5691          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5692 
5693   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5694   // retainable type.
5695   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5696     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5697 
5698   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5699   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5700     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5701     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5702     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5703     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5704       switch (SC) {
5705       case SC_None:
5706       case SC_Auto:
5707         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5708         break;
5709       case SC_Register:
5710         // Local Named register
5711         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5712           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5713         break;
5714       case SC_Static:
5715       case SC_Extern:
5716       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5717       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5718         break;
5719       }
5720     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5721       // Global Named register
5722       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5723         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5724       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5725         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5726         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5727       }
5728     }
5729 
5730     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5731                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5732   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5733     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5734       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5735     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5736       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5737       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5738     }
5739   }
5740 
5741   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5742   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5743     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5744 
5745   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5746   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5747   // declaration has linkage).
5748   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5749                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5750                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5751                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5752 
5753   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5754   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5755   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5756       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5757     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5758         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5759         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5760 
5761   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5762     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5763   } else {
5764     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5765     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5766         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5767       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5768 
5769     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5770     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5771       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5772           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5773           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5774         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5775         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5776         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5777           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5778         Previous.clear();
5779         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5780       }
5781     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5782       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5783       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5784         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5785         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5786       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5787     }
5788 
5789     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5790       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5791 
5792     if (NewTemplate) {
5793       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5794           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5795               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5796               : nullptr;
5797 
5798       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5799       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5800       // template declaration.
5801       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5802               TemplateParams,
5803               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5804                               : nullptr,
5805               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5806                DC->isDependentContext())
5807                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5808                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5809         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5810 
5811       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5812       // template, make a note of that.
5813       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5814           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5815         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5816     }
5817   }
5818 
5819   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5820 
5821   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5822   // the map of such variables.
5823   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5824       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5825     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5826 
5827   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5828     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5829     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5830             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5831                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5832       Context.setManglingNumber(
5833           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5834       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5835     }
5836   }
5837 
5838   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5839     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5840         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5841         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5842   }
5843 
5844   if (NewTemplate) {
5845     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5846       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5847     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5848     return NewTemplate;
5849   }
5850 
5851   return NewVD;
5852 }
5853 
5854 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5855 /// -Wshadow.
5856 ///
5857 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5858 /// scope.
5859 ///
5860 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5861 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5862 ///
5863 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5864   // Return if warning is ignored.
5865   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
5866     return;
5867 
5868   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5869   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5870     return;
5871 
5872   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5873 
5874   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5875   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5876     return;
5877 
5878   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5879   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5880     return;
5881 
5882   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5883   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5884     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5885       if (MD->isStatic())
5886         return;
5887 
5888   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5889     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5890       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5891       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5892       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5893         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5894           ShadowedDecl = I;
5895           break;
5896         }
5897     }
5898 
5899   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5900 
5901   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5902   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5903     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5904     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5905       return;
5906 
5907     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5908     // static data members from base classes?
5909 
5910     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5911     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5912     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5913   }
5914 
5915   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5916   unsigned Kind;
5917   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5918     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5919       Kind = 3; // field
5920     else
5921       Kind = 2; // static data member
5922   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5923     Kind = 1; // global
5924   else
5925     Kind = 0; // local
5926 
5927   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5928 
5929   // Emit warning and note.
5930   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5931     return;
5932   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5933   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5934 }
5935 
5936 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5937 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5938   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
5939     return;
5940 
5941   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5942                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5943   LookupName(R, S);
5944   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5945 }
5946 
5947 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5948 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5949 template<typename T>
5950 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5951     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5952   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5953   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5954 
5955   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5956     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5957     // declaration.
5958     return false;
5959   }
5960 
5961   if (Prev) {
5962     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5963       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5964       // redeclaration.
5965       Previous.clear();
5966       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5967       return true;
5968     }
5969 
5970     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5971     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5972     // declaration.
5973     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5974       return false;
5975   } else {
5976     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5977     // translation unit which might conflict.
5978     if (IsGlobal) {
5979       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5980       IsGlobal = false;
5981       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5982            I != E; ++I) {
5983         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5984           Prev = *I;
5985           break;
5986         }
5987       }
5988     } else {
5989       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5990           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5991       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5992            I != E; ++I) {
5993         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5994           Prev = *I;
5995           break;
5996         }
5997         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5998         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5999         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6000         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6001         // diagnostic.
6002       }
6003     }
6004 
6005     if (!Prev)
6006       return false;
6007   }
6008 
6009   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6010   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6011   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6012   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6013     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6014   else
6015     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6016 
6017   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6018     << IsGlobal << ND;
6019   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6020     << IsGlobal;
6021   return false;
6022 }
6023 
6024 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6025 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6026 ///
6027 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6028 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6029 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6030 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6031 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6032 template<typename T>
6033 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6034                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6035   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6036     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6037     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6038     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6039     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6040       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6041         Previous.clear();
6042         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6043         return true;
6044       }
6045     }
6046     return false;
6047   }
6048 
6049   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6050   // declaration.
6051   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6052     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6053 
6054   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6055   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6056   // in another scope.
6057   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6058     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6059 
6060   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6061   return false;
6062 }
6063 
6064 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6065   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6066   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6067     return;
6068 
6069   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6070   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6071 
6072   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6073   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6074     return;
6075 
6076   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6077     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6078 
6079   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6080     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6081       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6082     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6083     NewVD->setType(T);
6084   }
6085 
6086   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6087   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6088   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6089   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6090   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6091     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6092     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6093     return;
6094   }
6095 
6096   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6097   // __constant address space.
6098   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6099       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6100       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6101     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6102     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6103     return;
6104   }
6105 
6106   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6107   // scope.
6108   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6109       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6110     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6111     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6112     return;
6113   }
6114 
6115   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6116       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6117     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6118       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6119     else {
6120       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6121       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6122     }
6123   }
6124 
6125   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6126   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6127       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6128     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6129 
6130   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6131       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6132     bool SizeIsNegative;
6133     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6134     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6135       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6136                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6137     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6138       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6139       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6140       // int a[10][n];
6141       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6142 
6143       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6144         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6145         << SizeRange;
6146       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6147         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6148         << SizeRange;
6149       else
6150         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6151         << SizeRange;
6152       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6153       return;
6154     }
6155 
6156     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6157       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6158         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6159       else
6160         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6161       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6162       return;
6163     }
6164 
6165     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6166     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6167     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6168   }
6169 
6170   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6171     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6172     //                    of objects and functions.
6173     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6174       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6175         << T;
6176       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6177       return;
6178     }
6179   }
6180 
6181   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6182     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6183     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6184     return;
6185   }
6186 
6187   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6188     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6189     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6190     return;
6191   }
6192 
6193   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6194       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6195                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6196     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6197     return;
6198   }
6199 }
6200 
6201 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6202 /// declaration.
6203 ///
6204 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6205 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6206 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6207 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6208 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6209 ///
6210 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6211 ///
6212 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6213 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6214   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6215 
6216   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6217   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6218     return false;
6219 
6220   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6221   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6222   if (Previous.empty() &&
6223       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6224     Previous.setShadowed();
6225 
6226   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6227   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
6228 
6229   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6230     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6231     return true;
6232   }
6233   return false;
6234 }
6235 
6236 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6237 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6238   Sema *S;
6239   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6240 };
6241 
6242 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6243 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6244 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6245 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6246                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6247                                  void *UserData) {
6248   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6249 
6250   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6251     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6252 
6253   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6254 
6255   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6256   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6257     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6258     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6259     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6260 
6261     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6262   }
6263 
6264   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6265        !Path.Decls.empty();
6266        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6267     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6268     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6269       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6270         return true;
6271     }
6272   }
6273 
6274   return false;
6275 }
6276 
6277 namespace {
6278   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6279 }
6280 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6281 /// overriden methods.
6282 ///
6283 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6284 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6285 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6286 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6287                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6288   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6289   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6290                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6291        I != E; ++I) {
6292     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6293     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6294     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6295     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6296         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6297         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6298       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6299   }
6300 }
6301 
6302 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6303 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6304 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6305   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
6306   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6307   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6308   Data.Method = MD;
6309   Data.S = this;
6310   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6311   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6312   bool AddedAny = false;
6313   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6314     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6315       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6316         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6317         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6318             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6319             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6320             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6321           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6322           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6323           AddedAny = true;
6324         }
6325       }
6326     }
6327   }
6328 
6329   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6330     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6331   }
6332   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6333     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6334   }
6335 
6336   return AddedAny;
6337 }
6338 
6339 namespace {
6340   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6341   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6342   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6343     Scope *S;
6344     Declarator &D;
6345     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6346     bool AddToScope;
6347   };
6348 }
6349 
6350 namespace {
6351 
6352 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6353 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6354 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6355  public:
6356   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6357                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6358       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6359         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6360 
6361   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6362     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6363       return false;
6364 
6365     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6366     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6367                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6368          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6369       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6370 
6371       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6372           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6373         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6374           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6375           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6376             return true;
6377         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6378           return true;
6379         }
6380       }
6381     }
6382 
6383     return false;
6384   }
6385 
6386  private:
6387   ASTContext &Context;
6388   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6389   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6390 };
6391 
6392 }
6393 
6394 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6395 ///
6396 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6397 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6398 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6399 /// the same name.
6400 ///
6401 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6402 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6403 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6404     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6405     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6406   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6407   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6408   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6409   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6410   TypoCorrection Correction;
6411   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6412   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6413                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6414   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6415                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6416                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6417                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6418 
6419   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6420   if (IsLocalFriend)
6421     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6422   else
6423     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6424   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6425          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6426   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6427   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6428                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
6429   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6430     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6431          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6432       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6433       if (FD &&
6434           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6435         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6436         // involve a parameter
6437         unsigned ParamNum =
6438             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6439         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6440       }
6441     }
6442   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6443   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6444                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6445                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6446                  Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6447     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6448     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6449                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6450     Previous.clear();
6451     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6452     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6453                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6454          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6455       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6456       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6457           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6458         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6459       }
6460     }
6461     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6462 
6463     NamedDecl *Result;
6464     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6465     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6466     {
6467       // Trap errors.
6468       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6469 
6470       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6471       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6472       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6473       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6474           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6475           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6476           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6477           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6478 
6479       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6480         Result = nullptr;
6481     }
6482 
6483     if (Result) {
6484       // Determine which correction we picked.
6485       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6486       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6487            I != E; ++I)
6488         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6489           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6490 
6491       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6492           Correction,
6493           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6494                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6495                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6496             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6497       return Result;
6498     }
6499 
6500     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6501     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6502                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6503     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6504     Previous.clear();
6505     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6506   }
6507 
6508   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6509       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6510 
6511   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6512   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6513     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6514 
6515   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6516        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6517        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6518     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6519     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6520     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6521     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6522 
6523     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6524     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6525       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6526       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6527       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6528       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6529                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6530         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6531         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6532     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6533       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6534           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6535     } else
6536       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6537                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6538                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6539   }
6540   return nullptr;
6541 }
6542 
6543 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6544                                                           Declarator &D) {
6545   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6546   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6547   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6548   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6549   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6550     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6551                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6552     D.setInvalidType();
6553     break;
6554   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6555   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6556     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6557       return SC_None;
6558     return SC_Extern;
6559   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6560     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6561       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6562       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6563       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6564       //   other than extern
6565       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6566       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6567                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6568       break;
6569     } else
6570       return SC_Static;
6571   }
6572   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6573   }
6574 
6575   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6576   return SC_None;
6577 }
6578 
6579 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6580                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6581                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6582                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6583                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6584   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6585   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6586 
6587   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6588   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6589 
6590   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6591     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6592     // prototype. This true when:
6593     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6594     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6595     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6596     bool HasPrototype =
6597       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6598       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6599 
6600     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6601                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6602                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6603                                  HasPrototype, false);
6604     if (D.isInvalidType())
6605       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6606 
6607     // Set the lexical context.
6608     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6609 
6610     return NewFD;
6611   }
6612 
6613   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6614   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6615 
6616   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6617   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6618   // the class has been completely parsed.
6619   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6620       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6621           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6622           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6623     D.setInvalidType();
6624 
6625   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6626     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6627     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6628            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6629 
6630     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6631     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6632                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6633                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6634                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6635                                       isConstexpr);
6636 
6637   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6638     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6639     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6640       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6641       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6642       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6643                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6644                                         D.getLocStart(),
6645                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6646                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6647 
6648       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6649       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6650       // it yet.
6651       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6652           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6653           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6654         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6655       }
6656 
6657       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6658       return NewDD;
6659 
6660     } else {
6661       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6662       D.setInvalidType();
6663 
6664       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6665       // code path.
6666       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6667                                   D.getLocStart(),
6668                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6669                                   SC, isInline,
6670                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6671     }
6672 
6673   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6674     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6675       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6676            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6677       return nullptr;
6678     }
6679 
6680     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6681     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6682     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6683                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6684                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6685                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6686 
6687   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6688     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6689     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6690     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6691     // constructor if it has no return type).
6692     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6693         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6694       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6695         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6696         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6697       return nullptr;
6698     }
6699 
6700     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6701     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6702                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6703                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6704                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6705                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6706     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6707     return Ret;
6708   } else {
6709     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6710     // prototype. This true when:
6711     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6712     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6713                                 D.getLocStart(),
6714                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6715                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6716   }
6717 }
6718 
6719 enum OpenCLParamType {
6720   ValidKernelParam,
6721   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6722   PtrKernelParam,
6723   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6724   InvalidKernelParam,
6725   RecordKernelParam
6726 };
6727 
6728 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6729   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6730     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6731     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6732       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6733     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6734                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6735   }
6736 
6737   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6738   // be used as builtin types.
6739 
6740   if (PT->isImageType())
6741     return PtrKernelParam;
6742 
6743   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6744     return InvalidKernelParam;
6745 
6746   if (PT->isEventT())
6747     return InvalidKernelParam;
6748 
6749   if (PT->isHalfType())
6750     return InvalidKernelParam;
6751 
6752   if (PT->isRecordType())
6753     return RecordKernelParam;
6754 
6755   return ValidKernelParam;
6756 }
6757 
6758 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6759   Sema &S,
6760   Declarator &D,
6761   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6762   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
6763   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6764 
6765   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6766   // used again
6767   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6768     return;
6769 
6770   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6771   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6772     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6773     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6774     // pointer to a pointer type.
6775     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6776     D.setInvalidType();
6777     return;
6778 
6779   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6780     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6781     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6782     // pointer to the private address space.
6783     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6784     D.setInvalidType();
6785     return;
6786 
6787     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6788     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6789     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6790     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6791     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6792 
6793   case InvalidKernelParam:
6794     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6795     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6796     // of event_t type.
6797     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6798     D.setInvalidType();
6799     return;
6800 
6801   case PtrKernelParam:
6802   case ValidKernelParam:
6803     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6804     return;
6805 
6806   case RecordKernelParam:
6807     break;
6808   }
6809 
6810   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6811   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6812 
6813   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6814   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6815   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6816   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
6817 
6818   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6819   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6820 
6821   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6822 
6823   do {
6824     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6825     if (!Next) {
6826       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6827       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6828       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6829         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6830 
6831       continue;
6832     }
6833 
6834     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6835     // field itself) to the history stack.
6836     const RecordDecl *RD;
6837     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6838       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6839       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6840     } else {
6841       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6842     }
6843 
6844     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6845     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
6846 
6847     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6848       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6849 
6850       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6851         continue;
6852 
6853       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6854       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6855         continue;
6856 
6857       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6858         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6859         continue;
6860       }
6861 
6862       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6863       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6864       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6865       // union.
6866       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6867           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6868         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6869                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6870           << PT->isUnionType()
6871           << PT;
6872       } else {
6873         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6874       }
6875 
6876       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6877         << PD->getDeclName();
6878 
6879       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6880       // the offending field came from
6881       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6882              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6883         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6884         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6885           << OuterField->getType();
6886       }
6887 
6888       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6889         << QT->isPointerType()
6890         << QT;
6891       D.setInvalidType();
6892       return;
6893     }
6894   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6895 }
6896 
6897 NamedDecl*
6898 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6899                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6900                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6901                               bool &AddToScope) {
6902   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6903 
6904   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6905 
6906   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6907   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6908   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6909   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6910 
6911   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6912     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6913          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6914       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6915 
6916   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6917     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6918 
6919   bool isFriend = false;
6920   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
6921   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6922   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6923 
6924   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6925   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6926   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6927 
6928   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6929 
6930   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6931   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6932 
6933   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6934                                               isVirtualOkay);
6935   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
6936 
6937   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6938     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6939 
6940   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6941   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6942   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6943   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6944 
6945   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6946     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6947 
6948   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6949     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6950     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6951     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6952     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6953     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6954     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6955       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6956       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6957       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6958       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6959     }
6960 
6961     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6962     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6963     // return true).
6964     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6965           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6966       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6967         NewFD->setPure(true);
6968     }
6969 
6970     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6971     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6972     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6973     if (D.isInvalidType())
6974       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6975 
6976     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6977     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6978     bool Invalid = false;
6979     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6980             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6981                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6982                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6983                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6984                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
6985                     : nullptr,
6986                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
6987                 Invalid)) {
6988       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6989         // This is a function template
6990 
6991         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6992         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6993           return nullptr;
6994 
6995         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6996         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6997           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6998           return nullptr;
6999         }
7000 
7001         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7002         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7003         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7004         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7005           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7006           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7007             Invalid = true;
7008         }
7009 
7010 
7011         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7012                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7013                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7014                                                         NewFD);
7015         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7016         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7017 
7018         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7019         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7020           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7021                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
7022                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7023         }
7024       } else {
7025         // This is a function template specialization.
7026         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7027         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7028         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7029           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7030                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
7031                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7032 
7033         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7034         if (isFriend) {
7035           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7036           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7037 
7038           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7039           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7040           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7041           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7042           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7043           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7044           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7045             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7046             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7047           }
7048 
7049           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7050             << Name << RemoveRange
7051             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7052             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7053         }
7054       }
7055     }
7056     else {
7057       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7058       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7059       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7060         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7061         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7062                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
7063                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
7064     }
7065 
7066     if (Invalid) {
7067       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7068       if (FunctionTemplate)
7069         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7070     }
7071 
7072     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7073     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7074     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7075     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7076     //
7077     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7078       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7079         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7080              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7081       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7082         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7083         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7084              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7085           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7086       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7087         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7088         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7089         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7090              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7091           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7092       } else {
7093         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7094         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7095       }
7096 
7097       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7098           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7099         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7100     }
7101 
7102     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7103         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7104          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7105         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7106       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7107       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7108       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7109       // thing to do.
7110       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7111       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7112       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7113           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7114       QualType Result =
7115           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7116       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7117                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7118     }
7119 
7120     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7121     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7122     //  declaration.
7123     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7124       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7125         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7126         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7127              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7128           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7129       }
7130     }
7131 
7132     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7133     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7134     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7135     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7136     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7137       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7138         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7139         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7140              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7141           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7142       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7143                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7144         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7145         // or conversion function.
7146         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7147              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7148           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7149       }
7150     }
7151 
7152     if (isConstexpr) {
7153       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7154       // are implicitly inline.
7155       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7156 
7157       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7158       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7159       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7160       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7161         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7162     }
7163 
7164     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7165     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7166       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7167         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7168           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7169         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7170           << 0
7171           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7172       } else {
7173         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7174         if (FunctionTemplate)
7175           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7176       }
7177     }
7178 
7179     if (isFriend) {
7180       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7181         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7182         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7183       }
7184       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7185       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7186     }
7187 
7188     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7189     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7190     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7191     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7192       case FDK_Declaration:
7193       case FDK_Definition:
7194         break;
7195 
7196       case FDK_Defaulted:
7197         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7198         break;
7199 
7200       case FDK_Deleted:
7201         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7202         break;
7203     }
7204 
7205     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7206         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7207       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7208       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7209       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7210       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7211     }
7212 
7213     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7214         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7215       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7216       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7217       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7218       //   the class.
7219 
7220       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7221       // member function definition.
7222       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7223            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7224         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7225     }
7226 
7227     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7228     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7229     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7230     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7231     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7232          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7233         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7234       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7235           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7236           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7237   }
7238 
7239   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7240   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7241                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7242                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7243                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7244 
7245   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7246   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7247     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7248     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7249     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7250                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7251   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7252     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7253       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7254     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7255       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7256       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7257     }
7258   }
7259 
7260   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7261   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7262   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7263   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7264     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7265 
7266     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7267     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7268     // single void argument.
7269     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7270     // already checks for that case.
7271     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7272       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7273         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7274         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7275         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7276         Params.push_back(Param);
7277 
7278         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7279           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7280       }
7281     }
7282 
7283   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7284     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7285     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7286     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7287     //
7288     // @code
7289     // typedef void fn(int);
7290     // fn f;
7291     // @endcode
7292 
7293     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7294     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7295       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7296           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7297       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7298       Params.push_back(Param);
7299     }
7300   } else {
7301     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7302            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7303   }
7304 
7305   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7306   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7307 
7308   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7309   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7310   //
7311   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7312   //
7313   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7314   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7315   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7316 
7317   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7318     NewFD->addAttr(
7319         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7320                                        Context, 0));
7321 
7322   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7323   // because all functions have linkage.
7324   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7325       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7326     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7327     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7328   }
7329 
7330   if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue &&
7331       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7332     NewFD->addAttr(
7333         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7334                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7335                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7336     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7337                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
7338                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
7339                      NewFD))
7340       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7341   }
7342 
7343   // Handle attributes.
7344   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7345 
7346   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7347   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7348       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7349   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7350       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7351     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7352     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7353     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7354     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7355     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7356       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7357   }
7358 
7359   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7360     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7361     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7362     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7363     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7364         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7365         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7366       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7367            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7368       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7369     }
7370   }
7371 
7372   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7373     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7374     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7375     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7376       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7377 
7378     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7379       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7380 
7381     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7382       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7383                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7384     else if (!Previous.empty())
7385       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7386       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7387     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7388             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7389            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7390   } else {
7391     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7392     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7393     //
7394     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7395     //
7396     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7397     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7398     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7399         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7400         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7401       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7402            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7403         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7404 
7405     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7406     // argument list into our AST format.
7407     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7408       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7409       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7410       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7411       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7412                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7413       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7414                                  TemplateArgs);
7415 
7416       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7417 
7418       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7419         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7420       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7421         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7422         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7423           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7424 
7425         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7426       } else {
7427         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7428                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7429                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7430         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7431         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7432       }
7433     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7434       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7435       // wrote something like:
7436       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7437       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7438       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7439       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7440       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7441       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7442       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7443     }
7444 
7445     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7446     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7447     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7448     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7449     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7450     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7451         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7452          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7453             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7454             InstantiationDependent))) {
7455       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7456              "friend function specialization without template args");
7457       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7458                                                        Previous))
7459         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7460     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7461       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7462           && !isFriend) {
7463         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7464         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7465           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7466           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7467           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7468       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7469                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7470                                                            : nullptr),
7471                                                      Previous))
7472         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7473 
7474       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7475       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7476       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7477       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7478           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7479       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7480         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7481           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7482                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7483             << SC
7484             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7485                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7486 
7487         else
7488           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7489                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7490             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7491                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7492       }
7493 
7494     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7495       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7496           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7497     }
7498 
7499     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7500     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7501       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7502         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7503 
7504       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7505         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7506 
7507       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7508         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7509                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7510     }
7511 
7512     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7513             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7514            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7515 
7516     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7517                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7518                                 : NewFD);
7519 
7520     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7521       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7522       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7523         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7524 
7525       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7526       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7527     }
7528 
7529     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7530         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7531       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7532 
7533     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7534     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7535     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7536       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7537                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7538       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7539                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7540                                     : nullptr,
7541                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7542                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7543                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7544                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7545                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7546                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7547                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7548                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7549                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7550     }
7551 
7552     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7553       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7554     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7555       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7556                                        AddToScope };
7557       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7558       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7559         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7560 
7561       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7562       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7563         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7564         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7565 
7566         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7567         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7568         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7569         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7570         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7571         // can actually do this check immediately.
7572         if (isFriend &&
7573             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7574              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7575              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7576           // ignore these
7577         } else {
7578           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7579           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7580           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7581           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7582           //
7583           // class X {
7584           //   void f() const;
7585           // };
7586           //
7587           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7588           //
7589           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7590           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7591           // whether the parameter types are references).
7592 
7593           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7594                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7595             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7596             return Result;
7597           }
7598         }
7599 
7600         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7601         // to something.
7602       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7603         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7604                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7605           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7606           return Result;
7607         }
7608       }
7609 
7610     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7611                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7612                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7613                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7614       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7615       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7616       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7617       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7618       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7619       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7620       // generate them.
7621       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7622         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7623     }
7624   }
7625 
7626   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7627   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7628 
7629   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7630 
7631   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7632       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7633     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7634          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7635       << NewFD;
7636 
7637     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7638     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7639     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7640         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7641     EPI.Variadic = true;
7642     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7643 
7644     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7645     NewFD->setType(R);
7646   }
7647 
7648   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7649   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7650   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7651     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7652 
7653   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7654   // marking the function.
7655   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7656 
7657   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7658   // a pragma.
7659   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7660     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7661 
7662   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7663   // the map of such variables.
7664   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7665       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7666     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7667 
7668   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7669   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7670 
7671   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7672     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7673         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7674         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7675   }
7676 
7677   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7678     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7679       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7680         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7681       return FunctionTemplate;
7682     }
7683   }
7684 
7685   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7686     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7687     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7688         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7689       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7690       D.setInvalidType();
7691     }
7692 
7693     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7694     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7695       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7696       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
7697           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
7698                                 : FixItHint());
7699       D.setInvalidType();
7700     }
7701 
7702     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7703     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7704       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7705   }
7706 
7707   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7708 
7709   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7710     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7711       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7712           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7713         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7714           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7715             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7716 
7717           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7718         }
7719       }
7720 
7721   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7722   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7723   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7724   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7725     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7726                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7727                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7728                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7729                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7730     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7731     AddToScope = false;
7732   }
7733 
7734   return NewFD;
7735 }
7736 
7737 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7738 ///
7739 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7740 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7741 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7742 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7743 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7744 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7745 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7746 ///
7747 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7748 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7749 ///
7750 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7751 ///
7752 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7753 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7754                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7755                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7756   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7757          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7758 
7759   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7760   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7761   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7762   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7763                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7764 
7765   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7766   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7767 
7768   bool Redeclaration = false;
7769   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
7770 
7771   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7772   // the same name, if appropriate.
7773   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7774     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7775     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7776     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7777     // function to the scope.
7778     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7779       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7780       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7781         Redeclaration = true;
7782         OldDecl = Candidate;
7783       }
7784     } else {
7785       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7786                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7787       case Ovl_Match:
7788         Redeclaration = true;
7789         break;
7790 
7791       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7792         Redeclaration = true;
7793         break;
7794 
7795       case Ovl_Overload:
7796         Redeclaration = false;
7797         break;
7798       }
7799 
7800       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7801         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7802         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7803         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7804           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7805         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
7806         if (Redeclaration)
7807           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7808         else if (!Previous.empty())
7809           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7810         if (OverloadedDecl)
7811           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7812                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7813         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7814       }
7815     }
7816   }
7817 
7818   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7819   if (!Redeclaration &&
7820       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7821     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7822     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7823       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7824       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7825       Redeclaration = true;
7826       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7827       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7828 
7829       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7830       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7831         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7832           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7833             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7834           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7835                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7836           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7837         }
7838         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7839           Redeclaration = false;
7840           OldDecl = nullptr;
7841         }
7842       }
7843     }
7844   }
7845 
7846   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7847   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7848   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7849   //
7850   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7851   // definition of a static member function.
7852   //
7853   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7854   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7855   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7856   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7857       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7858       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7859     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
7860     if (OldDecl)
7861       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7862     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7863       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7864         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7865       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7866       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7867       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7868                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7869 
7870       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7871       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7872       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7873         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7874         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7875                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7876           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7877 
7878         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7879           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7880       }
7881     }
7882   }
7883 
7884   if (Redeclaration) {
7885     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7886     // merged.
7887     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7888       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7889       return Redeclaration;
7890     }
7891 
7892     Previous.clear();
7893     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7894 
7895     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7896                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7897       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7898       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7899         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7900       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7901       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7902             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7903         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7904         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7905       }
7906 
7907       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7908       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7909       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7910           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7911         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7912         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7913       }
7914 
7915     } else {
7916       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7917       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7918 
7919       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7920         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7921         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7922         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7923         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7924 
7925         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7926         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7927         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7928 
7929         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7930         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7931             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7932           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7933           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7934           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7935           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7936           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7937             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7938           }
7939         }
7940       }
7941     }
7942   }
7943 
7944   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7945 
7946   // Diagnose the use of callee-cleanup calls on unprototyped functions.
7947   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
7948   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
7949   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewType)) {
7950     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
7951     if (isCalleeCleanup(NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
7952       // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7953       // (void) parameters, so use a default-error warning in this case :-/
7954       int DiagID = NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_X86StdCall
7955           ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7956       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7957           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC());
7958     }
7959   }
7960 
7961   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7962     // C++-specific checks.
7963     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7964       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7965     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7966                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7967       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7968       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7969 
7970       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7971       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7972       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7973         DeclarationName Name
7974           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7975                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7976         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7977           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7978           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7979           return Redeclaration;
7980         }
7981       }
7982     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7983                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7984       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7985     }
7986 
7987     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7988     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7989       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7990           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7991           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7992         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7993           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7994           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7995             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7996           }
7997         }
7998       }
7999 
8000       if (Method->isStatic())
8001         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8002     }
8003 
8004     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8005     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8006         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8007       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8008       return Redeclaration;
8009     }
8010 
8011     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8012     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8013         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8014       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8015       return Redeclaration;
8016     }
8017 
8018     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8019     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8020     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8021     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8022       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8023 
8024     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8025     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8026     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8027       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8028       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8029       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8030       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8031         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8032         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8033         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8034       }
8035     }
8036 
8037     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8038     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8039     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8040     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8041     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
8042       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8043       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8044         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8045             << NewFD << R;
8046       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8047                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8048         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8049     }
8050   }
8051   return Redeclaration;
8052 }
8053 
8054 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8055   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8056   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8057   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8058   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8059   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8060   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8061   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8062   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8063     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8064          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8065       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8066   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8067     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8068       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8069   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8070     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8071     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8072     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8073     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8074       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8075   }
8076   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8077     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8078       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8079     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8080   }
8081 
8082   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8083     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8084         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8085     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8086     return;
8087   }
8088 
8089   QualType T = FD->getType();
8090   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8091   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8092 
8093   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8094     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8095     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8096     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8097 
8098     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8099     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8100       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8101     else {
8102       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8103       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8104       if (RTRange.isValid())
8105         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8106             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8107     }
8108   } else {
8109     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8110     // set the flag which tells us that.
8111     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8112 
8113     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8114     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8115       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8116     else {
8117       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8118       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8119       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8120           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8121                                 : FixItHint());
8122       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8123     }
8124   }
8125 
8126   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8127   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8128 
8129   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8130   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8131   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8132 
8133   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8134 
8135   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8136   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8137   // getting shifty.
8138   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8139     HasExtraParameters = false;
8140 
8141   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8142     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8143     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8144     nparams = 3;
8145   }
8146 
8147   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8148   // if we had some location information about types.
8149 
8150   QualType CharPP =
8151     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8152   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8153 
8154   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8155     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8156 
8157     bool mismatch = true;
8158 
8159     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8160       mismatch = false;
8161     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8162       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8163       //   char const **
8164       //   char const * const *
8165       //   char * const *
8166 
8167       QualifierCollector qs;
8168       const PointerType* PT;
8169       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8170           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8171           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8172                               Context.CharTy)) {
8173         qs.removeConst();
8174         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8175       }
8176     }
8177 
8178     if (mismatch) {
8179       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8180       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8181       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8182     }
8183   }
8184 
8185   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8186     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8187   }
8188 
8189   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8190     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8191     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8192   }
8193 }
8194 
8195 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8196   QualType T = FD->getType();
8197   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8198   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8199 
8200   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8201   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8202   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8203       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8204       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8205     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8206     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8207       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8208 
8209   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8210     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8211     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8212   }
8213 }
8214 
8215 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8216   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8217   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8218   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8219   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8220   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8221   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8222   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8223   // rules there don't matter.)
8224   const Expr *Culprit;
8225   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8226     return false;
8227   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8228     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8229   return true;
8230 }
8231 
8232 namespace {
8233   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8234   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8235   class SelfReferenceChecker
8236       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8237     Sema &S;
8238     Decl *OrigDecl;
8239     bool isRecordType;
8240     bool isPODType;
8241     bool isReferenceType;
8242 
8243     bool isInitList;
8244     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8245   public:
8246     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8247 
8248     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8249                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8250       isPODType = false;
8251       isRecordType = false;
8252       isReferenceType = false;
8253       isInitList = false;
8254       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8255         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8256         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8257         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8258       }
8259     }
8260 
8261     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8262     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8263     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8264     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8265       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8266       if (!InitList) {
8267         Visit(E);
8268         return;
8269       }
8270 
8271       // Track and increment the index here.
8272       isInitList = true;
8273       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8274       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8275         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8276         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8277       }
8278       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8279     }
8280 
8281     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8282     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8283     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8284       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8285       Expr *Base = E;
8286       bool ReferenceField = false;
8287 
8288       // Get the field memebers used.
8289       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8290         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8291         if (!FD)
8292           return false;
8293         Fields.push_back(FD);
8294         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8295           ReferenceField = true;
8296         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8297       }
8298 
8299       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8300       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8301       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8302         return false;
8303 
8304       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8305       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8306         return true;
8307 
8308       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8309       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8310       for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) {
8311         UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex());
8312       }
8313 
8314       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8315       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8316       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8317       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8318                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8319                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8320                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8321            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8322         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8323           return true;
8324         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8325           break;
8326       }
8327 
8328       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8329       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8330       return true;
8331     }
8332 
8333     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8334     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8335     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8336     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8337       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8338       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8339         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8340         return;
8341       }
8342 
8343       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8344         Visit(CO->getCond());
8345         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8346         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8347         return;
8348       }
8349 
8350       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8351               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8352         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8353         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8354         return;
8355       }
8356 
8357       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8358         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8359         return;
8360       }
8361 
8362       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8363         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8364           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8365           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8366           return;
8367         }
8368       }
8369 
8370       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8371         if (isInitList) {
8372           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8373                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8374             return;
8375         }
8376 
8377         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8378         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8379           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8380           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8381             return;
8382           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8383         }
8384         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8385           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8386         return;
8387       }
8388 
8389       Visit(E);
8390     }
8391 
8392     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8393     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8394     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8395       if (isReferenceType)
8396         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8397     }
8398 
8399     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8400       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8401         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8402         return;
8403       }
8404 
8405       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8406     }
8407 
8408     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8409       if (isInitList) {
8410         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8411           return;
8412       }
8413 
8414       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8415       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8416 
8417       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8418       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8419       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8420       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8421       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8422       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8423         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8424           Warn = false;
8425         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8426       }
8427 
8428       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8429         if (Warn)
8430           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8431         return;
8432       }
8433 
8434       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8435       // Visit that expression.
8436       Visit(Base);
8437     }
8438 
8439     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8440       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
8441         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
8442           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8443 
8444       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8445     }
8446 
8447     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8448       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8449       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8450           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8451         if (!isPODType)
8452           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8453         return;
8454       }
8455 
8456       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8457         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8458         return;
8459       }
8460 
8461       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8462     }
8463 
8464     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8465 
8466     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8467       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8468         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8469         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8470           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8471             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8472         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8473           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8474             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8475         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8476         return;
8477       }
8478       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8479     }
8480 
8481     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8482       // Treat std::move as a use.
8483       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8484         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8485           if (FD->getIdentifier() && FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8486             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8487             return;
8488           }
8489         }
8490       }
8491 
8492       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8493     }
8494 
8495     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8496       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8497         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8498         Visit(E->getRHS());
8499         return;
8500       }
8501 
8502       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8503     }
8504 
8505     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8506     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8507     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8508     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8509       Visit(E->getCond());
8510       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8511     }
8512 
8513     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8514       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8515       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8516       unsigned diag;
8517       if (isReferenceType) {
8518         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8519       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8520         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8521       } else {
8522         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8523       }
8524 
8525       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8526                             S.PDiag(diag)
8527                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8528                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8529                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8530     }
8531   };
8532 
8533   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8534   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8535                                  bool DirectInit) {
8536     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8537     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8538     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8539       return;
8540 
8541     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8542 
8543     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8544     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8545     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8546       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8547         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8548           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8549             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8550               return;
8551 
8552     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8553   }
8554 }
8555 
8556 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8557 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8558 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8559 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8560                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8561   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8562   // the initializer.
8563   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8564     return;
8565 
8566   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8567     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8568     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8569     // Thus this grotesque test.
8570     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8571     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8572         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8573       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8574     else {
8575       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8576         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8577       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8578     }
8579     return;
8580   }
8581 
8582   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8583   if (!VDecl) {
8584     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8585     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8586     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8587     return;
8588   }
8589   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8590 
8591   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8592   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8593     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8594     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8595     // contains exactly one expression.
8596     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8597       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8598         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8599         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8600         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8601              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8602                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8603           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8604           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8605         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8606         return;
8607       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8608         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8609              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8610                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8611                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8612           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8613           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8614         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8615         return;
8616       } else {
8617         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8618         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8619           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8620                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8621             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8622             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8623       }
8624     }
8625 
8626     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8627     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8628     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8629         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8630       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8631       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8632         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8633         return;
8634       }
8635       Init = Result.get();
8636       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8637     }
8638 
8639     QualType DeducedType;
8640     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8641             DAR_Failed)
8642       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8643     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8644       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8645       return;
8646     }
8647     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8648     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8649 
8650     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8651     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8652       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8653 
8654     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8655     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8656     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8657     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8658     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8659         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8660       SourceLocation Loc =
8661           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8662       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8663         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8664     }
8665 
8666     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8667     // the previously declared type.
8668     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8669       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8670       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8671       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8672     }
8673 
8674     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8675     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8676     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8677       return;
8678   }
8679 
8680   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8681   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8682     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8683     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8684     return;
8685   }
8686 
8687   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8688     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8689     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8690     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8691     return;
8692   }
8693 
8694   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8695     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8696     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8697     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8698     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8699     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8700       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8701     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8702                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8703       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8704       return;
8705     }
8706 
8707     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8708     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8709                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8710                                AbstractVariableType))
8711       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8712   }
8713 
8714   const VarDecl *Def;
8715   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8716     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8717       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8718     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8719     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8720     return;
8721   }
8722 
8723   const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr;
8724   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8725     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8726     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8727     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8728     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8729     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8730     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8731     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8732     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8733     //
8734     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8735     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8736     // declaration with an initializer.
8737     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8738       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8739           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8740       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8741       return;
8742     }
8743 
8744     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8745       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8746 
8747     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8748       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8749       return;
8750     }
8751   }
8752 
8753   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8754   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8755   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8756     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8757     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8758     return;
8759   }
8760 
8761   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8762   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8763   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8764 
8765   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8766   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8767   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8768       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8769     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8770     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8771       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8772       return;
8773     }
8774     Init = Result.get();
8775   }
8776 
8777   // Perform the initialization.
8778   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8779     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8780     InitializationKind Kind
8781       = DirectInit ?
8782           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8783                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8784                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8785                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8786                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8787                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8788                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8789 
8790     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8791     if (CXXDirectInit)
8792       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8793                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8794 
8795     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8796     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8797     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8798       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8799       return;
8800     }
8801 
8802     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
8803   }
8804 
8805   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8806   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8807   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8808   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8809       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8810     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8811   }
8812 
8813   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8814   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8815   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8816   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8817   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8818     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8819 
8820   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8821     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8822 
8823     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8824       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8825 
8826     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8827     // Although this code can still have problems:
8828     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8829     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8830     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8831     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8832     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8833     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
8834         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8835                          Init->getLocStart()))
8836         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8837   }
8838 
8839   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8840   //
8841   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8842   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8843   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8844   //
8845   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8846   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8847   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8848   //
8849   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8850   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8851                                           false,
8852                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8853   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8854     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8855     return;
8856   }
8857   Init = Result.get();
8858 
8859   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8860   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8861 
8862   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8863     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8864     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8865     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8866     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8867       const Expr *Culprit;
8868       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8869         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8870       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8871       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8872       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8873       // constant expressions.
8874       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8875                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8876                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8877         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
8878              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8879           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8880     }
8881   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8882              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8883     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8884     //
8885     // struct S {
8886     //   static const int value = 17;
8887     // };
8888 
8889     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8890     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8891     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8892     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8893     //
8894     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8895     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8896     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8897     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8898     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8899     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8900     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8901     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8902     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8903 
8904     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8905     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8906 
8907     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8908     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8909     // type.
8910     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8911 
8912     // Require constness.
8913     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8914       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8915         << Init->getSourceRange();
8916       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8917 
8918     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8919     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8920       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8921       SourceLocation Loc;
8922       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8923         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8924         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8925         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8926       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8927         ; // Nothing to check.
8928       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8929         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8930       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8931         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8932         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8933         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8934           << Init->getSourceRange();
8935       } else {
8936         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8937         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8938         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8939           << Init->getSourceRange();
8940         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8941       }
8942 
8943     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8944     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8945       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8946       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8947       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8948         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8949              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8950             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8951         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8952              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8953             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8954       } else {
8955         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8956           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8957 
8958         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8959           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8960             << Init->getSourceRange();
8961           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8962         }
8963       }
8964 
8965     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8966     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8967       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8968         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8969         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8970       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8971 
8972     } else {
8973       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8974         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8975       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8976     }
8977   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8978     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8979         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8980          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8981            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8982         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8983       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8984 
8985     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8986     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8987       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8988   }
8989 
8990   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8991   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8992   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8993   //
8994   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8995   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8996   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8997   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8998   // special case code.
8999 
9000   // C++ 8.5p11:
9001   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9002   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9003   // class type.
9004   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9005     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9006     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9007   } else if (DirectInit) {
9008     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9009     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9010   }
9011 
9012   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9013 }
9014 
9015 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9016 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9017 /// of sanity.
9018 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9019   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9020   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9021   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9022 
9023   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9024   if (!VD) return;
9025 
9026   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9027   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9028     D->setInvalidDecl();
9029     return;
9030   }
9031 
9032   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9033   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9034 
9035   // Require a complete type.
9036   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9037                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9038                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9039     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9040     return;
9041   }
9042 
9043   // Require a non-abstract type.
9044   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9045                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9046                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9047     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9048     return;
9049   }
9050 
9051   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9052   // though.
9053 }
9054 
9055 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9056                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9057   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9058   if (!RealDecl)
9059     return;
9060 
9061   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9062     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9063 
9064     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9065     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9066       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9067         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9068       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9069       return;
9070     }
9071 
9072     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9073     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9074     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9075     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9076     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9077     // member.
9078     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9079       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9080         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9081              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9082           << Var->getDeclName();
9083       else
9084         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9085       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9086       return;
9087     }
9088 
9089     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9090     // be initialized.
9091     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9092         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9093         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9094       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9095       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9096       return;
9097     }
9098 
9099     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9100     case VarDecl::Definition:
9101       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9102         break;
9103 
9104       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9105       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9106       // a declaration.
9107       //
9108       // Fall through
9109 
9110     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9111       // It's only a declaration.
9112 
9113       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9114       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9115       // object shall be complete.
9116       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9117           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9118           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9119                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9120         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9121 
9122       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9123       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9124           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9125                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9126                                  AbstractVariableType))
9127         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9128       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9129           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9130         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9131         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9132       }
9133 
9134       return;
9135 
9136     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9137       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9138       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9139       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9140       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9141       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9142       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9143         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9144                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9145           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9146                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9147                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9148             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9149         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9150           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9151           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9152           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9153           // NOTE: code such as the following
9154           //     static struct s;
9155           //     struct s { int a; };
9156           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9157           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9158           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9159           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9160             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9161                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9162         }
9163       }
9164 
9165       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9166       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9167         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9168       return;
9169     }
9170 
9171     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9172     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9173     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9174       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9175            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9176       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9177       return;
9178     }
9179 
9180     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9181     // definitions with reference type.
9182     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9183       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9184         << Var->getDeclName()
9185         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9186       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9187       return;
9188     }
9189 
9190     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9191     // variable with dependent type.
9192     if (Type->isDependentType())
9193       return;
9194 
9195     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9196       return;
9197 
9198     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9199       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9200                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9201                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9202         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9203         return;
9204       }
9205     }
9206 
9207     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9208     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9209                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9210                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9211       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9212       return;
9213     }
9214 
9215     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9216     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9217     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9218     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9219     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9220     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9221     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9222     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9223     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9224     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9225     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9226       if (const RecordType *Record
9227             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9228         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9229         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9230         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9231         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9232         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9233           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9234       }
9235     }
9236 
9237     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9238     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9239     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9240     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9241     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9242     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9243     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9244     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9245     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9246     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9247     //   program is ill-formed.
9248     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9249     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9250     //   default-initialized; [...].
9251     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9252     InitializationKind Kind
9253       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9254 
9255     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9256     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9257     if (Init.isInvalid())
9258       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9259     else if (Init.get()) {
9260       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9261       // This is important for template substitution.
9262       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9263     }
9264 
9265     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9266   }
9267 }
9268 
9269 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9270   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9271   if (!VD) {
9272     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9273     D->setInvalidDecl();
9274     return;
9275   }
9276 
9277   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9278 
9279   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9280   int Error = -1;
9281   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9282   case SC_None:
9283     break;
9284   case SC_Extern:
9285     Error = 0;
9286     break;
9287   case SC_Static:
9288     Error = 1;
9289     break;
9290   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9291     Error = 2;
9292     break;
9293   case SC_Auto:
9294     Error = 3;
9295     break;
9296   case SC_Register:
9297     Error = 4;
9298     break;
9299   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9300     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9301   }
9302   if (VD->isConstexpr())
9303     Error = 5;
9304   if (Error != -1) {
9305     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9306       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9307     D->setInvalidDecl();
9308   }
9309 }
9310 
9311 StmtResult
9312 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9313                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9314                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9315                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9316   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9317   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9318   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9319   //   is equivalent to
9320   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9321   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9322 
9323   const char *PrevSpec;
9324   unsigned DiagID;
9325   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9326                      getPrintingPolicy());
9327 
9328   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9329   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9330   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9331 
9332   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9333   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9334                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9335   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9336   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9337   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9338   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9339                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9340 }
9341 
9342 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9343   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9344 
9345   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9346   // local retaining variable.
9347   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9348       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9349     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9350     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9351     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9352     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9353       break;
9354 
9355     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9356     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9357       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9358       break;
9359     }
9360   }
9361 
9362   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9363   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9364   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9365   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9366   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9367   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9368       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9369       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9370       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9371                                   var->getLocation())) {
9372     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9373     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9374     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9375       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9376 
9377     if (!prev)
9378       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9379   }
9380 
9381   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9382     const Expr *Culprit;
9383     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9384       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9385       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9386       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9387       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9388       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9389         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9390     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9391                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9392                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9393       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9394       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9395       //   initialization.
9396       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9397       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9398         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9399       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9400         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9401     }
9402 
9403   }
9404 
9405   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9406       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9407     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9408     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
9409     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9410       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9411     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9412       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9413       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9414     } else {
9415       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9416       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9417     }
9418     if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue)
9419       var->addAttr(
9420           SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9421                                       Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
9422                                       Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9423     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9424       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9425         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9426 
9427     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9428     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9429     // attribute.
9430     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9431       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9432                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9433   }
9434 
9435   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9436   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9437 
9438   QualType type = var->getType();
9439   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9440 
9441   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9442   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9443     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9444     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9445 
9446     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9447     // constructing this copy.
9448     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9449       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9450       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9451       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9452       ExprResult result
9453         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9454             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9455             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9456       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9457         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9458         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9459         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9460       }
9461     }
9462   }
9463 
9464   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9465   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
9466   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9467 
9468   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9469       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9470     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9471         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9472                                     var->getLocation())) {
9473       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9474       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9475       // warned about them.
9476       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9477       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9478           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9479         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9480           << Init->getSourceRange();
9481     }
9482 
9483     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9484       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9485       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9486         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9487         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9488         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9489         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9490               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9491           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9492           Notes.clear();
9493         }
9494         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9495           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9496         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9497           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9498       }
9499     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9500       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9501       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9502       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9503       var->checkInitIsICE();
9504     }
9505   }
9506 
9507   // Require the destructor.
9508   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9509     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9510 }
9511 
9512 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9513 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9514 void
9515 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9516   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9517   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9518 
9519   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9520   if (!VD)
9521     return;
9522 
9523   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9524 
9525   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9526   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9527     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9528             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9529       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9530         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9531         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9532         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9533       }
9534     }
9535   }
9536 
9537   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
9538   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
9539 
9540   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9541   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
9542     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9543         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9544       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9545       // with a warning.
9546       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9547         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9548       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9549           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9550           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9551 
9552       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9553            IsClassTemplateMember
9554                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9555                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9556       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9557       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9558         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9559     }
9560   }
9561 
9562   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
9563   // isn't exported with the variable.
9564   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
9565     Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
9566                                                                   << DLLAttr;
9567     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9568   }
9569 
9570   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9571     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9572       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9573       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9574     }
9575   }
9576 
9577   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9578       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
9579     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
9580       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9581         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
9582             << VD->getDeclName();
9583         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9584         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9585       }
9586     }
9587   }
9588 
9589   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9590   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9591   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9592   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9593     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9594 
9595   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9596   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9597       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9598     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9599 
9600   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9601   // tag values.
9602   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9603       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9604     return;
9605 
9606   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9607     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9608     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9609       continue;
9610     }
9611     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9612     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9613       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9614            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9615         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9616       continue;
9617     }
9618     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9619       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9620            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9621         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9622       continue;
9623     }
9624     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9625     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9626                                MagicValue,
9627                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9628                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9629                                I->getMustBeNull());
9630   }
9631 }
9632 
9633 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9634                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9635   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9636 
9637   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9638     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9639 
9640   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9641   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9642     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9643       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9644         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9645           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9646       Decls.push_back(D);
9647     }
9648 
9649   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9650     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9651       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9652       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9653         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9654     }
9655   }
9656 
9657   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9658 }
9659 
9660 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9661 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9662 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9663 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9664                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9665   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9666   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9667   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9668   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9669   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9670   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9671   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9672   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9673     QualType Deduced;
9674     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9675     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9676     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9677       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9678         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9679         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9680         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9681           break;
9682         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9683         if (!U.isNull()) {
9684           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9685           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9686             Deduced = U;
9687             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9688             DeducedDecl = D;
9689           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9690             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9691                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9692               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9693               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9694               << U << D->getDeclName()
9695               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9696               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9697             D->setInvalidDecl();
9698             break;
9699           }
9700         }
9701       }
9702     }
9703   }
9704 
9705   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9706 
9707   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9708       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9709 }
9710 
9711 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9712   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9713 }
9714 
9715 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9716   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9717   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9718    return;
9719 
9720   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation()))
9721     return;
9722 
9723   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9724     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9725     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9726     // additional declaration references:
9727     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9728     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9729     //   'struct S *pS;'
9730     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9731     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9732     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9733       Group = Group.slice(1);
9734     }
9735   }
9736 
9737   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9738   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9739   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9740       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9741     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9742     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9743     //
9744     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9745     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9746     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9747     // ahead through comments.
9748     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9749       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9750   }
9751 }
9752 
9753 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9754 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9755 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9756   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9757 
9758   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9759 
9760   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9761   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9762   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9763     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9764   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9765              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9766     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9767   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9768     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9769          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9770     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9771   }
9772 
9773   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9774     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9775       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9776   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9777     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9778       << 0;
9779 
9780   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9781 
9782   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9783   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9784 
9785   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9786     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9787     // parameter.
9788     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9789 
9790     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9791     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9792       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9793         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9794       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9795     }
9796   }
9797 
9798   // Ensure we have a valid name
9799   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
9800   if (D.hasName()) {
9801     II = D.getIdentifier();
9802     if (!II) {
9803       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9804         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9805       D.setInvalidType(true);
9806     }
9807   }
9808 
9809   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9810   if (II) {
9811     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9812                    ForRedeclaration);
9813     LookupName(R, S);
9814     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9815       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9816       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9817         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9818         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9819         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9820         PrevDecl = nullptr;
9821       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9822         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9823         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9824 
9825         // Recover by removing the name
9826         II = nullptr;
9827         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9828         D.setInvalidType(true);
9829       }
9830     }
9831   }
9832 
9833   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9834   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9835   // looking like class members in C++.
9836   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9837                                     D.getLocStart(),
9838                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9839                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9840                                     StorageClass);
9841 
9842   if (D.isInvalidType())
9843     New->setInvalidDecl();
9844 
9845   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9846   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9847   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9848                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9849 
9850   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9851   S->AddDecl(New);
9852   if (II)
9853     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9854 
9855   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9856 
9857   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9858     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9859       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9860       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9861       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9862 
9863   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9864     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9865   }
9866   return New;
9867 }
9868 
9869 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9870 /// typedef.
9871 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9872                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9873                                               QualType T) {
9874   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9875      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9876      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9877   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
9878                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9879                                            SC_None, nullptr);
9880   Param->setImplicit();
9881   return Param;
9882 }
9883 
9884 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9885                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9886   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9887   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9888   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9889     return;
9890 
9891   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9892     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9893         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9894       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9895         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9896     }
9897   }
9898 }
9899 
9900 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9901                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9902                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9903                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9904   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9905     return;
9906 
9907   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9908   // threshold.
9909   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9910     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9911     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9912       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9913           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9914   }
9915 
9916   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9917   // threshold.
9918   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9919     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9920     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9921       continue;
9922     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9923     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9924       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9925           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9926   }
9927 }
9928 
9929 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9930                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9931                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9932                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9933   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9934   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9935       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9936       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9937 
9938     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9939 
9940     // Special cases for arrays:
9941     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9942     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9943     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9944       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9945         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9946             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9947             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9948       }
9949       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9950     } else {
9951       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9952     }
9953     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9954   }
9955 
9956   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9957                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9958                                          TSInfo,
9959                                          StorageClass, nullptr);
9960 
9961   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9962   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9963   // the class has been completely parsed.
9964   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9965       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9966                              AbstractParamType))
9967     New->setInvalidDecl();
9968 
9969   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9970   // passed by reference.
9971   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9972     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9973     Diag(NameLoc,
9974          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9975       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9976     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9977     New->setType(T);
9978   }
9979 
9980   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9981   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9982   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9983   // an address space.
9984   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9985     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
9986     // to be qualified with an address space.
9987     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
9988       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9989       New->setInvalidDecl();
9990     }
9991   }
9992 
9993   return New;
9994 }
9995 
9996 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9997                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9998   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9999 
10000   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
10001   // for a K&R function.
10002   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
10003     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10004       --i;
10005       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10006         SmallString<256> Code;
10007         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10008             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10009         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10010             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10011             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
10012 
10013         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10014         // type.
10015         AttributeFactory attrs;
10016         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10017         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10018         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10019         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10020                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10021         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10022         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10023         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10024         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10025         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10026         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10027       }
10028     }
10029   }
10030 }
10031 
10032 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
10033   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10034   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10035   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10036 
10037   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10038   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
10039   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
10040 }
10041 
10042 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10043   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10044 }
10045 
10046 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10047                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10048   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10049   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10050     return false;
10051 
10052   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10053   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10054     return false;
10055 
10056   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10057   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10058     return false;
10059 
10060   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10061   if (FD->isMain())
10062     return false;
10063 
10064   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10065   if (FD->isInlined())
10066     return false;
10067 
10068   // Don't warn about function templates.
10069   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10070     return false;
10071 
10072   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10073   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10074     return false;
10075 
10076   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10077   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10078     return false;
10079 
10080   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10081   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10082        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10083     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10084     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10085     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10086       continue;
10087 
10088     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10089     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10090       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10091     break;
10092   }
10093 
10094   return MissingPrototype;
10095 }
10096 
10097 void
10098 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10099                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
10100   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10101   // was an extern inline function.
10102   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10103   if (!Definition)
10104     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10105       return;
10106 
10107   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10108     return;
10109 
10110   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10111       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10112     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10113         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10114   else
10115     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10116 
10117   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10118   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10119 }
10120 
10121 
10122 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10123                                    Sema &S) {
10124   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10125 
10126   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10127   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10128   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10129   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10130   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10131 
10132   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10133     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10134   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10135     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10136   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10137     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10138   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10139 
10140   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10141   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10142 
10143   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10144   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10145   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10146   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10147     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10148       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10149       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10150         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10151       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10152       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10153       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10154           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
10155           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10156                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10157           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10158 
10159     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10160       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10161                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10162     } else {
10163       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10164     }
10165     ++I;
10166   }
10167 }
10168 
10169 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
10170   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10171   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10172 
10173   if (!D)
10174     return D;
10175   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10176 
10177   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10178     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10179   else
10180     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10181   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10182   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10183   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10184   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10185   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10186   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10187   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10188   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10189   // have the LSI properly restored.
10190   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10191     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10192       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10193       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10194     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10195   }
10196   else
10197     // Enter a new function scope
10198     PushFunctionScope();
10199 
10200   // See if this is a redefinition.
10201   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
10202     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
10203 
10204   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10205   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10206     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10207         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10208       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10209       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10210     }
10211   }
10212 
10213   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10214   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10215   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10216   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10217       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10218       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10219                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10220     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10221 
10222   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10223   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10224   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10225   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10226   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10227   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10228   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10229     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10230 
10231     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10232       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10233       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10234       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10235               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10236         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10237         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10238           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10239                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10240             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10241             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10242       }
10243     }
10244   }
10245 
10246   if (FnBodyScope)
10247     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10248 
10249   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10250   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10251                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10252 
10253   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10254   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10255     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10256 
10257     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10258     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10259       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10260 
10261       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10262     }
10263   }
10264 
10265   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10266   // introduce them into the function scope.
10267   if (FnBodyScope) {
10268     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10269              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10270              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10271          I != E; ++I) {
10272       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10273 
10274       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
10275       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
10276       // and reattach to the current context.
10277       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10278         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10279         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10280           if (DI == D) {
10281             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10282             break;
10283           }
10284         }
10285         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10286         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10287       }
10288 
10289       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10290       if (!D->getName().empty())
10291         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10292 
10293       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10294       // accessible in this scope.
10295       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10296         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10297           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10298       }
10299     }
10300   }
10301 
10302   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10303   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10304     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10305 
10306   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10307   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10308       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10309     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10310     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10311     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10312     return D;
10313   }
10314   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10315   // a function template).
10316   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10317   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10318       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10319       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10320     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10321 
10322   return D;
10323 }
10324 
10325 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10326 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10327 /// optimization.
10328 ///
10329 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10330 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10331 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10332 /// use the named return value optimization.
10333 ///
10334 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10335 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10336 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10337 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10338   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10339 
10340   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10341     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10342       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10343         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10344     }
10345   }
10346 }
10347 
10348 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10349   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10350   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10351     return false;
10352 
10353   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10354   // return type (yet).
10355   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10356     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10357     // we can still delay parsing it.
10358     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10359       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10360       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10361           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10362         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10363         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10364       }
10365     }
10366     return false;
10367   }
10368 
10369   return true;
10370 }
10371 
10372 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10373   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10374   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10375   // rest of the file.
10376   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10377   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10378   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10379     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10380       return false;
10381   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10382 }
10383 
10384 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10385   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10386     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10387   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10388     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10389   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10390 }
10391 
10392 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10393   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10394 }
10395 
10396 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10397                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10398   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10399 
10400   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10401   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10402 
10403   if (FD) {
10404     FD->setBody(Body);
10405 
10406     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10407         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10408       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10409       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10410       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10411       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10412         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10413             << FD->getReturnType();
10414         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10415       } else {
10416         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10417         TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
10418         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10419             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10420       }
10421     }
10422 
10423     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10424     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10425     // is the first declaration.
10426     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10427       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10428         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10429       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10430                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
10431                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10432         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10433     }
10434 
10435     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10436     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10437     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10438       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10439 
10440     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10441     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10442     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10443       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10444 
10445     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10446       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10447       if (Body)
10448         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10449       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10450                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10451 
10452       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
10453       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10454         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10455 
10456       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10457       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10458       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10459       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10460           !FD->isDependentContext())
10461         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10462     }
10463 
10464     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10465            "Function parsing confused");
10466   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10467     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10468     MD->setBody(Body);
10469     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10470       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10471       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10472                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10473 
10474       if (Body)
10475         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10476     }
10477     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10478       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10479         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10480       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10481     }
10482     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10483       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10484       bool isDesignated =
10485           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10486       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10487       (void)isDesignated;
10488 
10489       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10490         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10491         if (!IFace)
10492           return false;
10493         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10494         if (!SuperD)
10495           return false;
10496         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10497             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10498       };
10499       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10500       // of NSObject.
10501       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10502         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10503              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10504         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10505              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10506       }
10507       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10508     }
10509     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10510       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10511       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10512         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10513       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10514     }
10515   } else {
10516     return nullptr;
10517   }
10518 
10519   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10520          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10521          "handled in the block above.");
10522 
10523   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10524   if (Body) {
10525     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10526     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10527     // Verify this.
10528     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10529       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10530 
10531     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10532     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10533         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10534       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10535 
10536     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10537       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10538         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10539 
10540       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10541                                              Destructor->getParent());
10542     }
10543 
10544     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10545     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10546     // deletion in some later function.
10547     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10548         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10549       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10550     }
10551     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10552         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10553       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10554       // enabled.
10555       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10556     }
10557 
10558     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10559         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10560          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10561       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10562 
10563     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
10564       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
10565         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
10566           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
10567           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10568           FD->setInvalidDecl();
10569           break;
10570         }
10571       }
10572     }
10573 
10574     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
10575     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10576     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10577            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10578   }
10579 
10580   if (!IsInstantiation)
10581     PopDeclContext();
10582 
10583   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10584   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10585   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10586   // deletion in some later function.
10587   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10588     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10589   }
10590 
10591   return dcl;
10592 }
10593 
10594 
10595 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10596 /// relevant Decl.
10597 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10598                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10599   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10600   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10601     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10602   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10603 
10604   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10605     if (Method->isStatic())
10606       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10607 }
10608 
10609 
10610 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10611 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10612 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10613                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10614   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10615   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10616   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10617   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10618   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10619     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10620     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10621     return ExternCPrev;
10622   }
10623 
10624   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10625   unsigned diag_id;
10626   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10627     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10628   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10629     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10630   else
10631     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10632   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10633 
10634   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10635   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10636   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10637     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10638     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
10639     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
10640                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator,
10641                                       CTK_NonError)))
10642       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10643                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10644   }
10645 
10646   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10647   const char *Dummy;
10648   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10649   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10650   unsigned DiagID;
10651   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10652                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10653   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10654   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10655   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10656   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10657   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10658                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10659                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10660                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
10661                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10662                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10663                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10664                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10665                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10666                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10667                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10668                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10669                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10670                                              EST_None,
10671                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10672                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
10673                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
10674                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10675                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
10676                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10677                 DS.getAttributes(),
10678                 SourceLocation());
10679   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10680 
10681   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10682 
10683   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10684   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10685 
10686   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10687   FD->setImplicit();
10688 
10689   CurContext = PrevDC;
10690 
10691   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10692 
10693   return FD;
10694 }
10695 
10696 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10697 /// the declaration of this function.
10698 ///
10699 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10700 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10701 /// like NSLog or printf.
10702 ///
10703 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10704 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10705 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10706   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10707     return;
10708 
10709   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10710   // actual attributes.
10711   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10712     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10713     unsigned FormatIdx;
10714     bool HasVAListArg;
10715     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10716       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10717         const char *fmt = "printf";
10718         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10719         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10720             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10721           fmt = "NSString";
10722         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10723                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10724                                                FormatIdx+1,
10725                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10726                                                FD->getLocation()));
10727       }
10728     }
10729     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10730                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10731      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10732        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10733                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10734                                               FormatIdx+1,
10735                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10736                                               FD->getLocation()));
10737     }
10738 
10739     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10740     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10741     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10742     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10743         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10744       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10745         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10746     }
10747 
10748     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10749         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10750       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10751                                          FD->getLocation()));
10752     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10753       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10754     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10755       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10756   }
10757 
10758   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10759   if (!Name)
10760     return;
10761   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10762        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10763       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10764        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10765        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10766     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10767     // about.
10768   } else
10769     return;
10770 
10771   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10772     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10773     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10774     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10775       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10776                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10777                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10778                                              FD->getLocation()));
10779   }
10780 
10781   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10782     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10783     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10784     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10785       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10786                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10787   }
10788 }
10789 
10790 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10791                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10792   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10793   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10794 
10795   if (!TInfo) {
10796     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10797     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10798   }
10799 
10800   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10801   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10802                                            D.getLocStart(),
10803                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10804                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10805                                            TInfo);
10806 
10807   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10808   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10809     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10810     return NewTD;
10811   }
10812 
10813   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10814     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10815       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10816         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10817         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10818         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10819     else
10820       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10821   }
10822 
10823   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10824   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10825   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10826   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10827   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10828   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10829   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10830   case TST_enum:
10831   case TST_struct:
10832   case TST_interface:
10833   case TST_union:
10834   case TST_class: {
10835     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10836 
10837     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10838     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10839     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10840     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10841 
10842     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10843     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10844 
10845     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10846     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10847       break;
10848 
10849     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10850     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10851     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10852     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10853     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10854     // for how to handle it.
10855     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10856       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10857 
10858       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10859       tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
10860 
10861       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10862       textToInsert += ' ';
10863       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10864       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10865         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10866       break;
10867     }
10868 
10869     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10870     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10871     break;
10872   }
10873 
10874   default:
10875     break;
10876   }
10877 
10878   return NewTD;
10879 }
10880 
10881 
10882 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10883 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10884   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10885   QualType T = TI->getType();
10886 
10887   if (T->isDependentType())
10888     return false;
10889 
10890   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10891     if (BT->isInteger())
10892       return false;
10893 
10894   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10895   return true;
10896 }
10897 
10898 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10899 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10900 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10901                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10902                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10903   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10904 
10905   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10906     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10907       << Prev->isScoped();
10908     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10909     return true;
10910   }
10911 
10912   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10913     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10914         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10915         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10916                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10917       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10918       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10919         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10920       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10921           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10922       return true;
10923     }
10924   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10925     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10926       << Prev->isFixed();
10927     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10928     return true;
10929   }
10930 
10931   return false;
10932 }
10933 
10934 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10935 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10936 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10937 ///
10938 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10939 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10940   switch (Tag) {
10941   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10942   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10943   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10944   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10945   }
10946 }
10947 
10948 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10949 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10950 ///
10951 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10952 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10953 {
10954   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10955 }
10956 
10957 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10958 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10959 ///
10960 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10961 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10962                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10963                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10964                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10965   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10966   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10967   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10968   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10969   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10970   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10971   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10972   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10973   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10974   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10975   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10976   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10977   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10978   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10979   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10980     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10981       return true;
10982 
10983   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10984     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10985     bool isTemplate = false;
10986     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10987       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10988 
10989     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10990       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10991       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10992       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10993         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10994         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10995       return true;
10996     }
10997 
10998     if (isDefinition) {
10999       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
11000       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
11001       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11002         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11003         return true;
11004       }
11005 
11006       bool previousMismatch = false;
11007       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11008         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11009           if (!previousMismatch) {
11010             previousMismatch = true;
11011             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11012               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11013               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11014           }
11015           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11016             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11017             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11018                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11019         }
11020       }
11021       return true;
11022     }
11023 
11024     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11025     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11026     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11027     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11028                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11029     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11030       return true;
11031     }
11032 
11033     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11034       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11035       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11036     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11037 
11038     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11039     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11040         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11041           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11042           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11043                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11044     }
11045 
11046     return true;
11047   }
11048   return false;
11049 }
11050 
11051 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11052 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11053 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11054 ///   namespace N {
11055 ///     struct X;
11056 ///     namespace M {
11057 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11058 ///     }
11059 ///   }
11060 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11061                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11062   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11063   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11064   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11065   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11066   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11067   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11068     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11069     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11070     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11071     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11072       return FixItHint();
11073     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11074     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11075     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11076         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11077     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11078       break;
11079   }
11080 
11081   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11082   // build an NNS.
11083   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11084   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11085   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11086     OS << "::";
11087   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11088   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11089     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11090   OS.flush();
11091   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11092 }
11093 
11094 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11095 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11096 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11097 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11098 ///
11099 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
11100 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11101 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11102                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11103                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11104                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11105                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11106                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11107                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11108                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11109                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11110                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11111                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
11112   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11113   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11114   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11115          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11116   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11117 
11118   OwnedDecl = false;
11119   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11120   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11121 
11122   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11123   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11124   bool Invalid = false;
11125 
11126   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11127   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11128   // for non-C++ cases.
11129   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11130       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11131     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11132             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11133                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11134                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11135       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11136         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11137         return nullptr;
11138       }
11139 
11140       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11141         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11142         // be a member of another template).
11143 
11144         if (Invalid)
11145           return nullptr;
11146 
11147         OwnedDecl = false;
11148         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11149                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11150                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11151                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11152                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11153                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11154                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
11155         return Result.get();
11156       } else {
11157         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11158         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11159           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11160         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11161       }
11162     }
11163   }
11164 
11165   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11166   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11167   // redeclaration.
11168   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11169 
11170   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11171     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11172       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11173       // type, default to int.
11174       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11175     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11176       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11177       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11178       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11179       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11180       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11181 
11182       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11183         // Recover by falling back to int.
11184         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11185 
11186       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11187                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11188         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11189 
11190     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11191       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11192       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11193   }
11194 
11195   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11196   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11197   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11198 
11199   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11200   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11201     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11202 
11203   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11204   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11205     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11206 
11207     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11208     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11209       Name = nullptr;
11210       goto CreateNewDecl;
11211     }
11212 
11213     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11214     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11215     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11216       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11217       if (!DC) {
11218         IsDependent = true;
11219         return nullptr;
11220       }
11221     } else {
11222       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11223       if (!DC) {
11224         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11225           << SS.getRange();
11226         return nullptr;
11227       }
11228     }
11229 
11230     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11231       return nullptr;
11232 
11233     SearchDC = DC;
11234     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11235     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11236 
11237     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11238       return nullptr;
11239 
11240     if (Previous.empty()) {
11241       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11242       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11243       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11244       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11245       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11246       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11247       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11248           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11249         IsDependent = true;
11250         return nullptr;
11251       }
11252 
11253       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11254       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11255         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11256       Name = nullptr;
11257       Invalid = true;
11258       goto CreateNewDecl;
11259     }
11260   } else if (Name) {
11261     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11262     // declaration or definition.
11263     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11264     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11265     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11266     LookupName(Previous, S);
11267 
11268     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11269     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11270     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11271         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11272       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11273       while (F.hasNext()) {
11274         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11275         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11276           F.erase();
11277       }
11278       F.done();
11279     }
11280 
11281     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11282     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11283     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11284     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11285     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11286     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11287     //
11288     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11289     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11290     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11291     //
11292     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11293     // semantic context?
11294     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11295       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11296       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11297       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11298       while (F.hasNext()) {
11299         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11300         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11301         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11302             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11303           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11304             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11305           else
11306             F.erase();
11307         }
11308       }
11309       F.done();
11310 
11311       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11312       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11313       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11314         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11315         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11316             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11317       }
11318     }
11319 
11320     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11321     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11322       return nullptr;
11323 
11324     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11325       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11326       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11327       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11328       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11329       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11330         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11331     }
11332   }
11333 
11334   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11335       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11336     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11337     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11338     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11339     Previous.clear();
11340   }
11341 
11342   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11343       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11344     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11345     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11346 
11347     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11348       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11349       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11350       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11351       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11352     }
11353   }
11354 
11355   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11356   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11357   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11358   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11359   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11360       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11361     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11362     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11363 
11364     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11365       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11366       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11367       //
11368       //          class-key identifier
11369       //
11370       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11371       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11372       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11373       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11374       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11375       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11376       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11377       //      declaration.
11378       //
11379       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11380       // C structs and unions.
11381       //
11382       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11383       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11384       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11385       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11386       //
11387       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11388       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11389       //
11390       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11391       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11392       // lexical context,
11393       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11394         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11395 
11396       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11397       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11398              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11399               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11400              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11401              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11402         S = S->getParent();
11403     } else {
11404       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11405       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11406       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11407       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11408       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11409       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11410     }
11411 
11412     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11413     // diagnose some problems.
11414     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11415       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11416       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11417     }
11418   }
11419 
11420   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11421     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11422     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
11423         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
11424 
11425     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11426     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11427     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11428     // in C++.
11429     //
11430     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11431     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11432     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11433     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11434     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11435       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11436         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11437           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11438           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11439               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11440                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11441             PrevDecl = Tag;
11442             Previous.clear();
11443             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11444             Previous.resolveKind();
11445           }
11446         }
11447       }
11448     }
11449 
11450     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11451       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11452       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11453       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11454       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11455           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11456                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11457         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11458         // struct or something similar.
11459         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11460                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11461                                           *Name)) {
11462           bool SafeToContinue
11463             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11464                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11465           if (SafeToContinue)
11466             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11467               << Name
11468               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11469                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11470           else
11471             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11472           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11473 
11474           if (SafeToContinue)
11475             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11476           else {
11477             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11478             Name = nullptr;
11479             Previous.clear();
11480             Invalid = true;
11481           }
11482         }
11483 
11484         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11485           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11486 
11487           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11488           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11489           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11490             if (ScopedEnum)
11491               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11492                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11493                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11494             return PrevTagDecl;
11495           }
11496 
11497           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11498           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11499             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11500           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11501             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11502 
11503           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11504           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11505           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11506           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11507                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11508             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11509         }
11510 
11511         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11512         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11513         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11514         //   and then later defined.
11515         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11516             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11517           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11518           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11519         }
11520 
11521         if (!Invalid) {
11522           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11523           // we have attributes.
11524 
11525           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11526           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11527           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11528           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11529           if (!Attr &&
11530               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11531                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11532                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11533             return PrevTagDecl;
11534 
11535           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11536           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11537             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11538               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11539               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11540               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11541               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11542               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11543                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11544                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11545                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11546                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11547                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11548                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11549                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11550                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11551               }
11552 
11553               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11554                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11555                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11556                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11557                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11558                 else
11559                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11560                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11561                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11562                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11563                 // references get the previous definition.
11564                 Name = nullptr;
11565                 Previous.clear();
11566                 Invalid = true;
11567               }
11568             } else {
11569               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11570               // about a nested redefinition.
11571               const TagType *Tag
11572                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
11573               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11574                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11575                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11576                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11577                 Name = nullptr;
11578                 Previous.clear();
11579                 Invalid = true;
11580               }
11581             }
11582 
11583             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11584             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11585           }
11586 
11587           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11588           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11589           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11590           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11591             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11592             AS = AS_none;
11593           }
11594         }
11595         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11596         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11597 
11598       } else {
11599         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11600         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11601         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11602         // have distinct types.
11603         Previous.clear();
11604       }
11605       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11606       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11607       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11608 
11609 
11610     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11611     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11612     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11613     } else {
11614       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11615       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11616       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11617       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11618           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11619         unsigned Kind = 0;
11620         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11621         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11622         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11623         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11624         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11625         Invalid = true;
11626 
11627       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11628       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11629                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11630         // do nothing
11631 
11632       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11633       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11634         unsigned Kind = 0;
11635         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11636         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11637         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11638         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11639         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11640         Invalid = true;
11641 
11642       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11643       // case here.
11644       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11645         unsigned Kind = 0;
11646         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11647         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11648           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11649         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11650         Invalid = true;
11651 
11652       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11653       } else {
11654         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11655         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11656         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11657         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11658         Name = nullptr;
11659         Invalid = true;
11660       }
11661 
11662       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11663       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11664       Previous.clear();
11665     }
11666   }
11667 
11668 CreateNewDecl:
11669 
11670   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11671   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11672     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11673 
11674   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11675   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11676   // keyword.
11677   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11678 
11679   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11680   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11681   // PrevDecl.
11682   TagDecl *New;
11683 
11684   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11685   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11686     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11687     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11688     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11689                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11690                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11691     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11692     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11693       TagDecl *Def;
11694       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11695           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11696         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11697         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11698       }
11699       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11700         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11701           << New;
11702         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11703       } else {
11704         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11705         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11706           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11707         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11708           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11709         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11710 
11711         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11712         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11713         // the declaration context.
11714         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11715           IsForwardReference = true;
11716       }
11717     }
11718 
11719     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11720       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11721       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11722         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11723       else
11724         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11725       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11726     }
11727 
11728   } else {
11729     // struct/union/class
11730 
11731     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11732     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11733     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11734       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11735       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11736                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11737 
11738       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11739         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11740     } else
11741       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11742                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11743   }
11744 
11745   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11746   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11747   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11748     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11749       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11750     Invalid = true;
11751   }
11752 
11753   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11754   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11755     if (SS.isSet()) {
11756       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11757       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11758       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11759       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11760       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11761       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11762           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11763           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11764         Invalid = true;
11765 
11766       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11767       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11768         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11769                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11770                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11771       }
11772     }
11773     else
11774       Invalid = true;
11775   }
11776 
11777   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11778     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11779     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11780     //
11781     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11782     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11783     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11784     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11785     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11786     // parsing of the struct).
11787     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11788       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11789       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11790     }
11791   }
11792 
11793   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11794     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11795       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11796         << 2
11797         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11798     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11799     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11800     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11801     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11802       New->setModulePrivate();
11803   }
11804 
11805   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11806   // check the specialization.
11807   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11808     Invalid = true;
11809 
11810   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11811   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11812   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11813   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11814       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11815     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11816       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
11817       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
11818       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
11819         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
11820             << Name;
11821         Invalid = true;
11822       }
11823     } else {
11824       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11825     }
11826     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11827   }
11828 
11829   if (Invalid)
11830     New->setInvalidDecl();
11831 
11832   if (Attr)
11833     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11834 
11835   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11836   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11837   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11838 
11839   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11840   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11841   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11842   // the tag name visible.
11843   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11844     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
11845 
11846   // Set the access specifier.
11847   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11848     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11849 
11850   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11851     New->startDefinition();
11852 
11853   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11854   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11855     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11856     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11857     if (PrevDecl)
11858       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11859 
11860     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11861     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11862     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11863       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11864         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11865   } else if (Name) {
11866     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11867     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11868     if (IsForwardReference)
11869       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11870 
11871   } else {
11872     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11873   }
11874 
11875   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11876   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11877     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11878         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11879         II->isStr("FILE"))
11880       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11881 
11882   if (PrevDecl)
11883     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11884 
11885   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11886   // record.
11887   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11888 
11889   OwnedDecl = true;
11890   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11891   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11892   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
11893 }
11894 
11895 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11896   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11897   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11898 
11899   // Enter the tag context.
11900   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11901 
11902   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11903 
11904   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11905   // record.
11906   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11907 }
11908 
11909 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11910   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11911          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11912   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11913   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11914       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11915   CurContext = OCD;
11916   return IDecl;
11917 }
11918 
11919 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11920                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11921                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11922                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11923   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11924   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11925 
11926   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11927 
11928   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11929     return;
11930 
11931   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11932     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11933                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11934 
11935   // C++ [class]p2:
11936   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11937   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11938   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11939   //   as if it were a public member name.
11940   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11941     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11942                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11943                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11944                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
11945                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11946   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11947   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11948   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11949   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11950       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11951   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11952   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11953          "Broken injected-class-name");
11954 }
11955 
11956 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11957                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11958   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11959   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11960   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11961 
11962   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11963   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11964     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11965     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11966       RD->completeDefinition();
11967   }
11968 
11969   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11970     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11971 
11972   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11973   PopDeclContext();
11974 
11975   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11976       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11977     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11978 
11979   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11980   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11981     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11982 }
11983 
11984 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11985   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11986   PopDeclContext();
11987 }
11988 
11989 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11990   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11991   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11992   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11993 }
11994 
11995 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11996   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11997   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
11998 }
11999 
12000 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12001   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12002   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12003   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12004 
12005   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12006   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12007     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12008       RD->completeDefinition();
12009   }
12010 
12011   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12012   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12013   // the FieldCollector.
12014 
12015   PopDeclContext();
12016 }
12017 
12018 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12019 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12020                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12021                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12022                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12023   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12024   if (ZeroWidth)
12025     *ZeroWidth = true;
12026 
12027   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12028   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12029   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12030     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12031     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12032       return ExprError();
12033     if (FieldName)
12034       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12035         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12036     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12037       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12038   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12039                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12040     return ExprError();
12041 
12042   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12043   // it now.
12044   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12045     return BitWidth;
12046 
12047   llvm::APSInt Value;
12048   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12049   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12050     return ICE;
12051   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12052 
12053   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12054     *ZeroWidth = false;
12055 
12056   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12057   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12058     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12059 
12060   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12061     if (FieldName)
12062       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12063                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12064     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12065       << Value.toString(10);
12066   }
12067 
12068   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12069     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12070     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
12071       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
12072           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12073         if (FieldName)
12074           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12075             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12076             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12077 
12078         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12079           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12080       }
12081 
12082       if (FieldName)
12083         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12084           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12085           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12086       else
12087         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12088           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12089     }
12090   }
12091 
12092   return BitWidth;
12093 }
12094 
12095 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12096 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12097 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12098                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12099   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12100                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12101                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12102   return Res;
12103 }
12104 
12105 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12106 ///
12107 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12108                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12109                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12110                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12111                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12112   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12113   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12114   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12115 
12116   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12117   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12118   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12119     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12120 
12121     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12122                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12123       D.setInvalidType();
12124       T = Context.IntTy;
12125       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12126     }
12127   }
12128 
12129   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12130   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12131     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12132     D.setInvalidType();
12133   }
12134 
12135   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12136   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12137   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12138     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12139     D.setInvalidType();
12140   }
12141 
12142   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12143 
12144   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12145     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12146          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12147       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12148 
12149   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12150   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12151   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12152   LookupName(Previous, S);
12153   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12154     case LookupResult::Found:
12155     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12156       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12157       break;
12158 
12159     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12160       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12161       break;
12162 
12163     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12164     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12165     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12166       break;
12167   }
12168   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12169 
12170   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12171     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12172     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12173     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12174     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12175   }
12176 
12177   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12178     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12179 
12180   bool Mutable
12181     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12182   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12183   FieldDecl *NewFD
12184     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12185                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12186 
12187   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12188     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12189 
12190   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12191     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12192 
12193   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12194     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12195     // with the same name in the same scope.
12196   } else if (II) {
12197     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12198   } else
12199     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12200 
12201   return NewFD;
12202 }
12203 
12204 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12205 ///
12206 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12207 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12208 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12209 /// created.
12210 ///
12211 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12212 ///
12213 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12214 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12215                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12216                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12217                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12218                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12219                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12220                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12221                                 Declarator *D) {
12222   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12223   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12224   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12225 
12226   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12227   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12228   if (T.isNull()) {
12229     InvalidDecl = true;
12230     T = Context.IntTy;
12231   }
12232 
12233   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12234   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12235     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12236       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12237       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12238       InvalidDecl = true;
12239     } else {
12240       NamedDecl *Def;
12241       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12242       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12243         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12244         InvalidDecl = true;
12245       }
12246     }
12247   }
12248 
12249   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12250   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12251     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12252     InvalidDecl = true;
12253   }
12254 
12255   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12256   // than a variably modified type.
12257   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12258     bool SizeIsNegative;
12259     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12260 
12261     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12262       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12263                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12264                                                     Oversized);
12265     if (FixedTInfo) {
12266       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12267       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12268       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12269     } else {
12270       if (SizeIsNegative)
12271         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12272       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12273         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12274           << Oversized.toString(10);
12275       else
12276         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12277       InvalidDecl = true;
12278     }
12279   }
12280 
12281   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12282   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12283                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12284                                              AbstractFieldType))
12285     InvalidDecl = true;
12286 
12287   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12288   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12289   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
12290     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12291                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12292     if (!BitWidth) {
12293       InvalidDecl = true;
12294       BitWidth = nullptr;
12295       ZeroWidth = false;
12296     }
12297   }
12298 
12299   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12300   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12301     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12302     if (T->isReferenceType())
12303       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
12304     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12305       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12306 
12307     if (DiagID) {
12308       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12309       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12310         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12311       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12312       Mutable = false;
12313       InvalidDecl = true;
12314     }
12315   }
12316 
12317   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12318   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12319   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12320   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12321     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12322 
12323   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12324                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12325   if (InvalidDecl)
12326     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12327 
12328   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12329     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12330     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12331     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12332   }
12333 
12334   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12335     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12336       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12337         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12338         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12339           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12340           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12341           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12342           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12343           // objects.
12344           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12345             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12346         }
12347       }
12348 
12349       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12350       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12351       // enabled.
12352       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12353         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12354                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12355                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12356           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12357         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12358           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12359       }
12360     }
12361   }
12362 
12363   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12364   // representation, not a parser representation.
12365   if (D) {
12366     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12367     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12368 
12369     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12370       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12371   }
12372 
12373   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12374   // retainable type.
12375   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12376     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12377 
12378   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12379     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12380 
12381   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12382   return NewFD;
12383 }
12384 
12385 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12386   assert(FD);
12387   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12388 
12389   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12390     return false;
12391 
12392   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12393   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12394     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12395     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12396       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12397       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12398       // copy constructors.
12399 
12400       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12401       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12402       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12403       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12404       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12405       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12406       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12407         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12408       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12409         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12410       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12411         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12412       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12413         member = CXXDestructor;
12414 
12415       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12416         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12417             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12418           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12419           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12420           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12421           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12422           // members unavailable.
12423           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12424           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12425             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12426               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12427                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12428                                   Loc));
12429             return false;
12430           }
12431         }
12432 
12433         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12434                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12435                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12436           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12437         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12438         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12439       }
12440     }
12441   }
12442 
12443   return false;
12444 }
12445 
12446 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12447 ///  AST enum value.
12448 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12449 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12450   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12451   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12452   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12453   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12454   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12455   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12456   }
12457 }
12458 
12459 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12460 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12461 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12462                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12463                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12464                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12465 
12466   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12467   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12468   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12469   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12470 
12471   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12472   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12473 
12474   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12475   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12476 
12477   if (BitWidth) {
12478     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12479     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12480     if (!BitWidth)
12481       D.setInvalidType();
12482   } else {
12483     // Not a bitfield.
12484 
12485     // validate II.
12486 
12487   }
12488   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12489     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12490     D.setInvalidType();
12491   }
12492   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12493   // than a variably modified type.
12494   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12495     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12496     D.setInvalidType();
12497   }
12498 
12499   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12500   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12501     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12502                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12503   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12504   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12505   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12506     return nullptr;
12507   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12508   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12509       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12510     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12511     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12512       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12513       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12514     }
12515     else
12516       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12517   } else {
12518     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12519         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12520       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12521         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12522         return nullptr;
12523       }
12524     }
12525     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12526   }
12527 
12528   // Construct the decl.
12529   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12530                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12531                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12532 
12533   if (II) {
12534     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12535                                            ForRedeclaration);
12536     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12537         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12538       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12539       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12540       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12541     }
12542   }
12543 
12544   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12545   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12546 
12547   if (D.isInvalidType())
12548     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12549 
12550   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12551   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12552     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12553 
12554   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12555     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12556 
12557   if (II) {
12558     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12559     // these to the interface.
12560     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12561     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12562   }
12563 
12564   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12565       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12566     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12567 
12568   return NewID;
12569 }
12570 
12571 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12572 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12573 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12574 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12575 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12576                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12577   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12578     return;
12579 
12580   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12581   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12582 
12583   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12584     return;
12585   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12586   if (!ID) {
12587     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12588       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12589         return;
12590     }
12591     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12592     else
12593       return;
12594   }
12595   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
12596   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
12597   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
12598 
12599   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
12600                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
12601                               Context.CharTy,
12602                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
12603                                                                DeclLoc),
12604                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
12605                               true);
12606   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12607 }
12608 
12609 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12610                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12611                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12612   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12613 
12614   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12615   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12616   // it will now change.
12617   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12618     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12619     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12620     default: break;
12621     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12622       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12623       break;
12624     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12625       Context.
12626         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12627       break;
12628     }
12629   }
12630 
12631   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12632 
12633   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12634   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12635   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12636   if (Record) {
12637     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12638       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12639         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12640           ++NumNamedMembers;
12641     }
12642   }
12643 
12644   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12645   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12646 
12647   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12648   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12649        i != end; ++i) {
12650     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12651 
12652     // Get the type for the field.
12653     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12654 
12655     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12656       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12657       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12658     }
12659 
12660     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12661     // diagnostics about it.
12662     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12663       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12664       continue;
12665     }
12666 
12667     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12668     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12669     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12670     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12671     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12672     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12673     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12674     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12675     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12676     //   array.
12677     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12678       // Field declared as a function.
12679       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12680         << FD->getDeclName();
12681       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12682       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12683       continue;
12684     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12685                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12686                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12687                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12688                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12689       // Flexible array member.
12690       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12691       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12692       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12693       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12694       if (Record->isUnion())
12695         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12696                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12697                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12698                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12699                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12700       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12701         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12702                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12703                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12704                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12705                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12706                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12707                                  : 0;
12708 
12709       if (DiagID)
12710         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12711                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12712       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12713       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12714       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12715       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12716       // of the type.
12717       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12718         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12719           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12720             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12721       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12722         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12723           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12724 
12725       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12726       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12727       //
12728       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12729       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12730       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12731       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12732         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12733           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12734         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12735         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12736         continue;
12737       }
12738       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12739       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12740     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12741                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12742                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12743       // Incomplete type
12744       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12745       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12746       continue;
12747     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12748       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12749         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
12750         // flexible array member.
12751         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12752         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
12753           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12754           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12755           // structures.
12756           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12757             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12758               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12759           else {
12760             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12761             // other structs as an extension.
12762             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12763               << FD->getDeclName();
12764           }
12765         }
12766       }
12767       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12768           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12769                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12770                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12771         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12772         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12773       }
12774       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12775         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12776       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12777         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12778     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12779       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12780       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12781         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12782       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12783       FD->setType(T);
12784     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12785                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12786       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12787       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12788       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12789       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12790       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12791       QualType T = FD->getType();
12792       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12793       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12794         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12795         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12796           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12797             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12798                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12799                               loc));
12800           }
12801         } else {
12802           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12803             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12804         }
12805         ARCErrReported = true;
12806       }
12807     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12808                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12809                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12810       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12811           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12812         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12813       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12814         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12815         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12816             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12817           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12818         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12819                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12820                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12821       }
12822     }
12823     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12824       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12825     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12826     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12827       ++NumNamedMembers;
12828   }
12829 
12830   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12831   if (Record) {
12832     bool Completed = false;
12833     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12834       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12835         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12836         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12837                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12838                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12839           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12840 
12841         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12842           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12843             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12844             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12845               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12846                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12847           }
12848 
12849           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12850           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12851 
12852           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12853           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12854           // problem now.
12855           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12856             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12857             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12858 
12859             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12860                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12861                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12862               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12863                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12864                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12865                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12866                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12867                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12868                   continue;
12869 
12870                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12871                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12872                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12873                 //   program is ill-formed.
12874                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12875                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12876                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12877                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12878                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12879                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12880                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12881                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12882                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12883                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12884 
12885                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12886               }
12887             }
12888             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12889             Completed = true;
12890           }
12891         }
12892       }
12893     }
12894 
12895     if (!Completed)
12896       Record->completeDefinition();
12897 
12898     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12899       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12900 
12901       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12902         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12903                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12904                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12905     }
12906 
12907     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12908     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12909     // compatibility problems.
12910     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12911     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12912       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12913     } else {
12914       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12915       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12916       CheckForZeroSize =
12917           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12918           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12919           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12920     }
12921     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12922       bool ZeroSize = true;
12923       bool IsEmpty = true;
12924       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12925       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12926                                       E = Record->field_end();
12927            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12928         IsEmpty = false;
12929         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12930           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12931             ZeroSize = false;
12932         } else {
12933           ++NonBitFields;
12934           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12935           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12936               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12937             ZeroSize = false;
12938         }
12939       }
12940 
12941       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12942       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12943       // extern "C" block.
12944       if (ZeroSize) {
12945         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12946                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12947                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12948           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12949       }
12950 
12951       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12952       // but are accepted by GCC.
12953       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12954         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12955                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12956           << Record->isUnion();
12957       }
12958     }
12959   } else {
12960     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12961       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12962     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12963       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12964       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12965       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12966         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12967         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12968       }
12969       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12970       // duplicates.
12971       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12972         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12973     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12974                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12975       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12976       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12977         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12978         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12979         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12980       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12981       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12982       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12983     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12984                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12985       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12986       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12987       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12988       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12989       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12990       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12991       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12992       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12993         if (IDecl) {
12994           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12995               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12996             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12997                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12998             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12999             continue;
13000           }
13001           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
13002             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13003                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13004               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13005                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13006               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13007               continue;
13008             }
13009           }
13010         }
13011         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13012         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13013       }
13014       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13015       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13016     }
13017   }
13018 
13019   if (Attr)
13020     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13021 }
13022 
13023 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13024 /// the given type T.
13025 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13026                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13027                                         QualType T) {
13028   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13029   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13030 
13031   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13032     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13033       --BitWidth;
13034     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13035   }
13036   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13037 }
13038 
13039 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13040 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13041 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13042   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13043   // enum checking below.
13044   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13045   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13046   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13047     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13048   };
13049   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13050     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13051     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13052   };
13053 
13054   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13055   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13056                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13057   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13058     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13059       return Types[I];
13060 
13061   return QualType();
13062 }
13063 
13064 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13065                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13066                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13067                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13068                                           Expr *Val) {
13069   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13070   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13071   QualType EltTy;
13072 
13073   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13074     Val = nullptr;
13075 
13076   if (Val)
13077     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13078 
13079   if (Val) {
13080     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13081       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13082     else {
13083       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13084       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13085           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13086         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13087         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13088         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13089         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13090         ExprResult Converted =
13091           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13092                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13093         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13094           Val = nullptr;
13095         else
13096           Val = Converted.get();
13097       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13098                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13099                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13100         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13101       } else {
13102         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13103           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13104 
13105           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13106           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13107           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13108           // expression checking.
13109           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13110             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13111               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13112               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13113             } else
13114               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13115           } else
13116             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13117         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13118           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13119           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13120           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13121           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13122           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13123           EltTy = Val->getType();
13124         } else {
13125           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13126           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13127           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13128           //   representable as an int.
13129 
13130           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13131           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13132             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13133               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13134               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13135           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13136             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13137             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13138           }
13139           EltTy = Val->getType();
13140         }
13141       }
13142     }
13143   }
13144 
13145   if (!Val) {
13146     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13147       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13148     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13149       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13150       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13151       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13152       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13153       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13154       //
13155       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13156       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13157       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13158         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13159       }
13160       else {
13161         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13162       }
13163     } else {
13164       // Assign the last value + 1.
13165       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13166       ++EnumVal;
13167       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13168 
13169       // Check for overflow on increment.
13170       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13171         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13172         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13173         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13174         //
13175         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13176         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13177         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13178         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13179         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13180         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13181         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13182         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13183           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13184           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13185           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13186           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13187           ++EnumVal;
13188           if (Enum->isFixed())
13189             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13190             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13191               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13192               << EltTy;
13193           else
13194             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13195               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13196         } else {
13197           EltTy = T;
13198         }
13199 
13200         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13201         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13202         // value, then increment.
13203         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13204         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13205         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13206         ++EnumVal;
13207 
13208         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13209         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13210         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13211         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13212         // integral type.
13213         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13214           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13215       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13216                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13217         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13218         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13219           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13220       }
13221     }
13222   }
13223 
13224   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13225     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13226     // enumerator's type.
13227     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13228     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13229   }
13230 
13231   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13232                                   Val, EnumVal);
13233 }
13234 
13235 
13236 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13237                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13238                               AttributeList *Attr,
13239                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13240   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13241   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13242     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13243 
13244   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13245   // we find one that is.
13246   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13247 
13248   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13249   // scope.
13250   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13251                                          ForRedeclaration);
13252   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13253     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13254     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13255     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13256     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13257   }
13258 
13259   if (PrevDecl) {
13260     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13261     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13262     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13263            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13264     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13265       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13266         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13267       else
13268         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13269       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13270       return nullptr;
13271     }
13272   }
13273 
13274   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13275   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13276   // different from T:
13277   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13278   // enumerated type
13279   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
13280                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
13281                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13282     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
13283         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
13284       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
13285 
13286   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13287     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13288 
13289   if (New) {
13290     // Process attributes.
13291     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13292 
13293     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13294     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13295     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13296   }
13297 
13298   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13299 
13300   return New;
13301 }
13302 
13303 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13304 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13305 // Element2 = Element1
13306 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13307 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13308 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13309 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13310   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13311   if (!InitExpr)
13312     return true;
13313   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13314 
13315   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13316     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13317       return true;
13318     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13319     if (!IL)
13320       return true;
13321     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13322       return true;
13323 
13324     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13325   }
13326 
13327   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13328   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13329   if (!DRE)
13330     return true;
13331 
13332   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13333   if (!EnumConstant)
13334     return true;
13335 
13336   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13337       Enum)
13338     return true;
13339 
13340   return false;
13341 }
13342 
13343 struct DupKey {
13344   int64_t val;
13345   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13346   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13347     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13348 };
13349 
13350 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13351   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13352                 false);
13353 }
13354 
13355 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13356   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13357   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13358   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13359     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13360   }
13361   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13362     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13363            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13364   }
13365 };
13366 
13367 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13368 // a previous element has already been set to.
13369 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13370                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13371                                         QualType EnumType) {
13372   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13373     return;
13374   // Avoid anonymous enums
13375   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13376     return;
13377 
13378   // Only check for small enums.
13379   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13380     return;
13381 
13382   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13383   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13384 
13385   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13386   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13387           ValueToVectorMap;
13388 
13389   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13390   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13391 
13392   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13393   // an initialier.
13394   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13395     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13396 
13397     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13398     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13399     if (!ECD) {
13400       return;
13401     }
13402 
13403     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13404       continue;
13405 
13406     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13407     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13408 
13409     // First time encountering this value.
13410     if (Entry.isNull())
13411       Entry = ECD;
13412   }
13413 
13414   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13415   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13416     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13417     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13418       continue;
13419 
13420     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13421 
13422     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13423     if (Entry.isNull())
13424       continue;
13425 
13426     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13427       // Ensure constants are different.
13428       if (D == ECD)
13429         continue;
13430 
13431       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13432       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13433       Vec->push_back(D);
13434       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13435 
13436       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13437       Entry = Vec;
13438 
13439       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13440       // diagnostics.
13441       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13442       continue;
13443     }
13444 
13445     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13446     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13447     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13448       continue;
13449 
13450     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13451   }
13452 
13453   // Emit diagnostics.
13454   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13455                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13456        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13457     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13458     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13459 
13460     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13461     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13462     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13463       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13464       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13465     ++I;
13466 
13467     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13468     // the same value.
13469     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13470       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13471         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13472         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13473     delete Vec;
13474   }
13475 }
13476 
13477 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13478                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13479                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13480                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13481   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13482   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13483 
13484   if (Attr)
13485     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13486 
13487   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13488     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13489       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13490         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13491       if (!ECD) continue;
13492 
13493       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13494     }
13495 
13496     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
13497     return;
13498   }
13499 
13500   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
13501   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
13502   // emit a warning.
13503   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13504   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
13505   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
13506 
13507   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
13508   // reverse the list.
13509   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13510   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13511 
13512   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13513   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13514 
13515   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13516     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13517       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13518     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13519 
13520     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13521 
13522     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13523     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13524       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13525                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13526     else
13527       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13528                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13529 
13530     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13531     if (AllElementsInt)
13532       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
13533   }
13534 
13535   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
13536   QualType BestType;
13537   unsigned BestWidth;
13538 
13539   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
13540   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
13541   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
13542   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
13543   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
13544   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
13545   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
13546   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
13547   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
13548   QualType BestPromotionType;
13549 
13550   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
13551   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
13552   // enum definitions.
13553   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
13554     Packed = true;
13555 
13556   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13557     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
13558     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
13559       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
13560     else
13561       BestPromotionType = BestType;
13562     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
13563     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
13564     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
13565     BestWidth = CharWidth;
13566   }
13567   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
13568     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
13569     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
13570     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13571     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
13572       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
13573       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13574     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
13575                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
13576       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
13577       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13578     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
13579       BestType = Context.IntTy;
13580       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13581     } else {
13582       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
13583 
13584       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
13585         BestType = Context.LongTy;
13586       } else {
13587         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13588 
13589         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
13590           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
13591         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
13592       }
13593     }
13594     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
13595   } else {
13596     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
13597     // all of the enumerator values.
13598     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13599     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
13600       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
13601       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13602       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13603     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13604       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13605       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13606       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13607     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13608       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13609       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13610       BestPromotionType
13611         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13612                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13613     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13614                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13615       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13616       BestPromotionType
13617         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13618                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13619     } else {
13620       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13621       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13622              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13623       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13624       BestPromotionType
13625         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13626                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13627     }
13628   }
13629 
13630   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13631   // the type of the enum if needed.
13632   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13633     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13634     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13635 
13636     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13637     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13638     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13639     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13640     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13641 
13642     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13643     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13644 
13645     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13646     // the enum decl type.
13647     QualType NewTy;
13648     unsigned NewWidth;
13649     bool NewSign;
13650     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13651         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13652         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13653       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13654       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13655       NewSign = true;
13656     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13657       // Already the right type!
13658       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13659         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13660         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13661         // enumeration.
13662         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13663       continue;
13664     } else {
13665       NewTy = BestType;
13666       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13667       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13668     }
13669 
13670     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13671     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13672     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13673     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13674 
13675     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13676     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13677         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13678       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13679                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13680                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13681                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
13682                                                 VK_RValue));
13683     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13684       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13685       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13686       // enumeration.
13687       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13688     else
13689       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13690   }
13691 
13692   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13693                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13694 
13695   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13696 
13697   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13698   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13699     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13700 }
13701 
13702 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13703                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13704                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13705   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13706 
13707   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13708                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13709                                                    EndLoc);
13710   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13711   return New;
13712 }
13713 
13714 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13715                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13716                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13717   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13718     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13719     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13720       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13721         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13722           << M->getFullModuleName();
13723         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13724         return;
13725       }
13726       break;
13727     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13728       break;
13729     }
13730     DC = LSD->getParent();
13731   }
13732 
13733   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13734     DC = DC->getParent();
13735   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13736     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13737       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13738     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13739            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13740       << DC;
13741   }
13742 }
13743 
13744 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13745                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13746                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13747   Module *Mod =
13748       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
13749                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13750   if (!Mod)
13751     return true;
13752 
13753   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13754 
13755   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
13756   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
13757   // silently ignoring the import.
13758   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
13759     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
13760         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
13761   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
13762     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
13763         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
13764 
13765   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13766   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13767   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13768     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13769     // We need the length to be consistent.
13770     if (!ModCheck)
13771       break;
13772     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13773 
13774     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13775   }
13776 
13777   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13778                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13779                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13780                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13781   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13782   return Import;
13783 }
13784 
13785 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13786   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13787 
13788   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13789   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13790                                       /*Complain=*/true);
13791 }
13792 
13793 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
13794                                                       Module *Mod) {
13795   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
13796   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
13797     return;
13798 
13799   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13800   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13801   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13802                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13803   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13804   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13805 
13806   // Make the module visible.
13807   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13808                                       /*Complain=*/false);
13809 }
13810 
13811 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13812                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13813                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13814                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13815                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13816   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13817                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13818   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13819                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13820 
13821   if (PrevDecl)
13822     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13823   else
13824     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13825       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13826 }
13827 
13828 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13829                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13830                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13831   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13832 
13833   if (PrevDecl) {
13834     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13835   } else {
13836     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13837       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13838         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
13839   }
13840 }
13841 
13842 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13843                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13844                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13845                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13846                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13847   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13848                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13849   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13850 
13851   if (PrevDecl) {
13852     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13853       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13854         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13855   } else {
13856     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13857       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13858   }
13859 }
13860 
13861 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13862   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13863 }
13864 
13865 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13866   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13867   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13868   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13869   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13870   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13871   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13872   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13873     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13874     if (R != AR_Available)
13875       return R;
13876     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13877   }
13878   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13879   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13880   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13881             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13882     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13883   }
13884   // Recover from user error.
13885   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
13886 }
13887